CA2353802C - New protective antigen of group a streptococci - Google Patents
New protective antigen of group a streptococci Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2353802C CA2353802C CA2353802A CA2353802A CA2353802C CA 2353802 C CA2353802 C CA 2353802C CA 2353802 A CA2353802 A CA 2353802A CA 2353802 A CA2353802 A CA 2353802A CA 2353802 C CA2353802 C CA 2353802C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- spa
- polypeptide
- isolated
- nucleic acid
- seq
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 241001505901 Streptococcus sp. 'group A' Species 0.000 title claims description 34
- 101710194807 Protective antigen Proteins 0.000 title abstract description 13
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 387
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 293
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 266
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 167
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 130
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 230000001662 opsonic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 99
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 60
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 51
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 75
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 30
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940124452 immunizing agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000003571 opsonizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 abstract description 53
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 abstract description 53
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 abstract description 53
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 abstract description 47
- 101710085938 Matrix protein Proteins 0.000 abstract description 41
- 101710127721 Membrane protein Proteins 0.000 abstract description 41
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 101
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 53
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 36
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 34
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 32
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 31
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 30
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 29
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 27
- 101150065015 spa gene Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 230000014207 opsonization Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 17
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 15
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 13
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 12
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 12
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 11
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 10
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 10
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 9
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 8
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 6
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 6
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- -1 aliphatic amino acid Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 5
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012340 reverse transcriptase PCR Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 3
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100032965 Myomesin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108020005067 RNA Splice Sites Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010061372 Streptococcal infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000000763 evoking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical group N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108050001427 Avidin/streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101100054935 Emericella nidulans (strain FGSC A4 / ATCC 38163 / CBS 112.46 / NRRL 194 / M139) alcC gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010025815 Kanamycin Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400000368 Surface protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical class N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006161 blood agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy-selanyl-selanylidene-lambda5-phosphane Chemical compound OP(O)([SeH])=[Se] PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K selenophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=[Se] JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150078635 18 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000589156 Agrobacterium rhizogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000351920 Aspergillus nidulans Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010077805 Bacterial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000018185 Betula X alpestris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018212 Betula X uliginosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000212384 Bifora Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010060123 Conjugate Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011537 Coomassie blue staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006313 Delayed Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- ITIONVBQFUNVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etomidoline Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N(CC)C1NC(C=C1)=CC=C1OCCN1CCCCC1 ITIONVBQFUNVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010040721 Flagellin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150009006 HIS3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001102 Hammerhead ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000175212 Herpesvirales Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006054 His-tagged proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701109 Human adenovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135569 Human adenovirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010058683 Immobilized Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700001097 Insect Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235649 Kluyveromyces Species 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012773 Laboratory assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910013470 LiC1 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047357 Luminescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006830 Luminescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710094503 Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010087702 Penicillinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010030544 Peptidyl-Lys metalloendopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000007100 Pharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000286209 Phasianidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014676 Phragmites communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700001094 Plant Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006311 Pyoderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101100046145 Rattus norvegicus F2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100394989 Rhodopseudomonas palustris (strain ATCC BAA-98 / CGA009) hisI gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800000684 Ribonuclease H Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150088541 SCPA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101710137500 T7 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000223892 Tetrahymena Species 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091034131 VA RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001672648 Vieira Species 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001800 adrenalinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001130 anti-lysozyme effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011953 bioanalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000034158 bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000319 bleeding Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009640 blood culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101150055766 cat gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940023913 cation exchange resins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002144 chemical decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004182 chemical digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002038 chemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001713 cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035850 clinical syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940031670 conjugate vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000287 crude extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003983 diphtheria toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescamine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)OC1(C1=O)OC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009395 genetic defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010046301 glucose peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000011 group IA salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090001052 hairpin ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021083 hen egg lysozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000815 hypotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003622 mature neutrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000034288 naturally occurring fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006048 naturally occurring fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950009506 penicillinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020030 perry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012247 phenotypical assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=O ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013014 purified material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051173 recombinant immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003594 spinal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium citrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038773 trisodium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000439 tumor marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000539 two dimensional gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/195—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
- C07K14/315—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Streptococcus (G), e.g. Enterococci
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
Abstract
The present invention provides the discovery of a new Streptococcus protective antigen (herein designated Spa) which has been identified and isolated from Streptococci. Spa is a surface antigen distinct from M protein which evokes opsonic antibodies that are protective against multiple serotypes of streptococci. The invention further provides isolated Spa polypeptides, proteins, peptides, and antibodies against the same, as well as nucleic acids encoding Spa polypeptide and peptide antigens. Also provided are methods for identification and isolation of a Spa polypeptide, therapeutic compositions comprised of Spa antigens or antibodies and methods of their use in protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection.
Description
A
NEW PROTECTIVE ANTIGEN OF GROUP A STREPTOCOCCI
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to Streptococcal antigens, more particularly to polypeptide antigens and to nucleic acids encoding the same, which are useful for eliciting opsonic antibodies in an animal that are protective against infection by group A streptococci.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Group A streptococcal infections cause a wide array of clinical syndromes, ranging from uncomplicated pharyngitis and pyoderma to serious, invasive infections and toxic shock syndrome. Protection against infection is largely mediated by antibodies against the surface M protein of the organisms. M protein is an alpha-helical, coiled-coil molecule that extends from the surface with its hypervariable N-terminus exposed to the outside and the conserved C-terminus buried in the cytoplasm.
The N-terminus contains type-specific epitopes that evoke bactericidal antibodies that correlate with protection against the homologous serotype. The emm gene is located in a regulon that is controlled by the upstream positive regulator mga. Depending on the serotype, the regulon may contain one, two or three emm and emm-like genes. In serotypes containing only one emm gene, deletion or interruption of the emm gene results in an avirulent organism that can no longer resist phagocytosis. In serotypes that express several emm-like genes, each may partially contribute to resistance to phagocytosis, but among the many defined surface proteins of group A
Streptococci, only antibodies against the M protein have been shown to be opsonic.
Understanding the molecular basis of non-M protein mediated cross serotype protection would aid in providing therapeutic treatments for a variety of infections cause by group A streptococci. Type 18 Streptococci have been identified as an important serotype in the resurgence of acute rheumatic fever in Utah. In addition, Types 3 and 18, and to a lesser extent Type 28 Streptococci have all been implicated in the recent resurgence of serious Streptococcal diseases. Each of these diseases could be .
NEW PROTECTIVE ANTIGEN OF GROUP A STREPTOCOCCI
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to Streptococcal antigens, more particularly to polypeptide antigens and to nucleic acids encoding the same, which are useful for eliciting opsonic antibodies in an animal that are protective against infection by group A streptococci.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Group A streptococcal infections cause a wide array of clinical syndromes, ranging from uncomplicated pharyngitis and pyoderma to serious, invasive infections and toxic shock syndrome. Protection against infection is largely mediated by antibodies against the surface M protein of the organisms. M protein is an alpha-helical, coiled-coil molecule that extends from the surface with its hypervariable N-terminus exposed to the outside and the conserved C-terminus buried in the cytoplasm.
The N-terminus contains type-specific epitopes that evoke bactericidal antibodies that correlate with protection against the homologous serotype. The emm gene is located in a regulon that is controlled by the upstream positive regulator mga. Depending on the serotype, the regulon may contain one, two or three emm and emm-like genes. In serotypes containing only one emm gene, deletion or interruption of the emm gene results in an avirulent organism that can no longer resist phagocytosis. In serotypes that express several emm-like genes, each may partially contribute to resistance to phagocytosis, but among the many defined surface proteins of group A
Streptococci, only antibodies against the M protein have been shown to be opsonic.
Understanding the molecular basis of non-M protein mediated cross serotype protection would aid in providing therapeutic treatments for a variety of infections cause by group A streptococci. Type 18 Streptococci have been identified as an important serotype in the resurgence of acute rheumatic fever in Utah. In addition, Types 3 and 18, and to a lesser extent Type 28 Streptococci have all been implicated in the recent resurgence of serious Streptococcal diseases. Each of these diseases could be .
potentially be prevented by vaccination with an antigen other than M protein, which is capable of eliciting a protective response across divergent serotypes.
Presently, there appears to be no showing in the art that group A
streptococci (and all that follow-group A streptococci) express surface polypeptides or proteins containing opsonic epitopes not related to M protein. Providing polypeptides from Streptococci containing non-M protein antigens, especially those that have opsonic epitopes would enhance therapeutic tools available to protect against a variety of Streptococcal infections.
Therefore, there is a need in the art for the discovery and characterization of non-M protein antigens which are effective for protecting against such infections, especially antigens that are effective against multiple serotypes of group A Streptococci.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides the discovery of a novel protective antigen isolated from a Streptococcus species that is distinct from M protein and that elicits opsonic antibodies that are effective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci.
The novel antigen is a surface antigen of a group A Streptococci, which is herein designated as Spa (Streptococcal protective antigen).
In one aspect, the invention provides Spa polypeptides isolated from a Streptococcus species comprising a polypeptide having at least 50% amino acid sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In one embodiment, the Spa polypeptides are from a streptococcus which is a member of the species Streptococcus pyogenes (group A streptococci). Another embodiment includes an isolated Spa polypeptide from a group A, Type 18 Streptococci serotype. Still another embodiment is a Spa polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID
NO:
2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. Variants of this embodiment include amino acid sequences having conservative amino acid substitutions or those having at least 90%
sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
In related embodiments, the invention provides any of the aforementioned isolated Spa polypeptides containing an opsonic epitope. In one embodiment, the isolated polypeptides contain an opsonic epitope comprised of contiguous amino acids from a portion of an N-terminus of the polypeptide that is exposed on an outside surface of a cell when the polypeptide is expressed in the cell. In another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope comprised of at least 23 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 or polypeptides having at least 50%
identity thereto.
In still another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide includes the peptide of SEQ.
ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope.
In a second aspect, the invention provides an immunogen for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection where the immunogen is comprised of any of the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. One embodiment of this aspect provides an immunogen for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection comprising a peptide that includes at least 8 contiguous amino acids from an N terminus of the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. Another embodiment provides an immunogen comprised of a peptide that includes at least 23 contiguous amino acids from an N
terminus of the Spa polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 or polypeptides having at least 50% identity thereto. In another embodiment, the immunogen includes the peptide of SEQ. ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope. In other embodiments, the aforementioned immunogens are linked to a carrier protein or provided as a fusion protein. Another aspect of any of aforementioned immunogens are that they provides cross-protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. In one embodiment the immunogens provide protection against serotypes of Streptococci which are group A serotypes. In another embodiment, the serotypes are selected from Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28 Streptococci.
In a third aspect, this invention provide antibodies that specifically bind to an epitope present on the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. One embodiment includes antibodies that bind to an epitope comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the Spa polypeptide. Another embodiment includes antibodies that bind to an epitope comprised of at least 23 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the Spa polypeptide. In still another embodiment, the antibodies bind to a peptide according to SEQ. ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope. In still another embodiment, the invention provides the aforementioned antibodies which do not bind to an M protein of Streptococcus species.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that encodes the aforementioned Streptococcus Spa polypeptides or a complement of said nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is comprised of a sequence selected from SEQ.
ID NOS:
1, or 4, or a complement or variants thereof. Variants of the nucleic acid sequences include variants selected from sequences that encode the polypeptide of SEQ.
ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, which are degenerate to SEQ.
ID NOS: 1 or 4 because of the genetic code; sequences that encode a polypeptide which has conservative amino acid substitutions to the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, or sequences that encode a polypeptide that is at least 50% identical to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In still another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that hybridizes to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules under conditions of moderate or high stringency. Another embodiment includes isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes an opsonic epitope form a Spa polypeptide comprising a polypeptide having at least 50% amino acid sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. A related aspect of the nucleic acid sequences provided herein include nucleic acid molecules encoding an opsonic epitope and further encoding a fusion polypeptide wherein the fusion polypeptide contains the opsonic 5 epitope fused to at least one other peptide sequence. In one embodiment, the other peptide sequence includes a tag sequence that facilitates isolation of the fusion polypeptide from a cellular extract. In another embodiment, the other peptide sequence is a carrier protein.
A related embodiment to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules includes a vector comprising those nucleic acid molecules operably linked to a promoter so that the vector expresses a polypeptide encoded by the isolated nucleic acid when the vector is introduced into a host cell. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell carrying such a vector.
A fifth aspect of this invention provides a therapeutic composition for protecting an animal from a Streptococcus infection comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of a an immunizing agent selected from the aforementioned polypeptides, peptides, immunogens, host cells and antibodies.
In some embodiments, the therapeutic composition may include: a) a Spa polypeptide isolated from Streptococcus; b) an immunogen comprised of an opsonic epitope obtained from the Spa polypeptide; c) a host cell that expresses an opsonic epitope obtained from the Spa polypeptide; or d) an antibody that specifically binds to the Spa polypeptide. In another embodiment, the aforementioned immunizing agents may be conjugated to a polyvalent carrier.
A sixth related aspect of this invention includes a therapeutic method for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection comprising the step of administering to the animal the aforementioned therapeutic compositions wherein administering the therapeutic compositions elicits opsonic antibodies in the animal. In a preferred embodiment protection is provided against multiple serotypes of Streptococcus. In a related embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered by at least one of oral administration, intranasal administration, parenteral (intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous) vaccination. In another preferred embodiment, the therapeutic method is provided when the animal is a human.
In still another aspect, the present invention provides diagnostic compositions and methods for detecting infection by a Streptococcus species in a target sample. In one embodiment, primers derived from the nucleotide sequence of a Spa gene are used to amplify nucleic acids extracted from cells obtained from target sample.
Typically, the extracted nucleic acid is DNA. Alternatively, the extracted nucleic acids contain mRNA. In one embodiment, diagnosis is performed by detecting a nucleic acid sequence amplified by PCR using primers from a portion of SEQ. ID NO: 4. In other embodiments, primers are selected from any portion of a Spa gene or compliment thereof containing at least 12 contiguous nucleotides, wherein the primers specifically hybridize to a selected portion of the Spa gene. In still another embodiment, the invention provides probes useful in the diagnosis of a Streptococcus infection wherein the probes contain at least 12 contiguous nucleotides that specifically hybridize to a selected portion of the Spa gene.
In a different embodiments, the diagnostic compositions and methods of the present invention include antibodies that specifically bind to a Spa polypeptide. In one embodiment the antibodies are opsonic antibodies. In certain embodiments the antibodies are polyvalent antibodies while in other embodiments the antibodies are monoclonal antibodies. In still other embodiments, the antibodies are conjugated to a detectable signaling moiety. In other embodiments, the Spa antibodies are used in combination with other immunochemical reagents. In typical embodiments, the other immunochemical reagents form a complex with the Spa antibodies wherein the complex provides a detectable signal under conditions where a Spa polypeptide is bound to a Spa antibody.
In a related aspect, the invention provides diagnostic kits comprised of the aforementioned primers, probes or antibodies. In specific embodiments, the kits further contain reagents for detecting Spa nucleic acids which are amplified or which hybridize to the primers or probes provided herein. In another specific embodiment, the kits contain immunochemical reagents for detecting binding of Spa antibodies to Spa polypeptides isolated from a target sample.
These and other aspects of the present invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. In addition, various references are set forth herein which describe in more detail certain procedures or compositions (e.g., plasmids, etc.), and are therefore incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 depicts a Western blot analysis of whole-cell extracts of M18 (lanes A, C, and E) and Ml 8f2 (lanes B, D, and F) reacted with rabbit antisera against rM18 (lanes A and B), SM18(1-30) (lanes C and D), and SM5(265-291) (lanes E
and F). Coomassie blue stained multiple proteins in extracts from both strains (M18, lane G and M18S-1, lane H).
Figure 2 illustrates identification of Spa in a crude pepsin extract of Ml 8. The extract was separated by preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and the entire gel was transferred to nitrocellulose paper. The ends of the paper were cut vertically and stained with Coomassie blue. The center section was cut into horizontal strips approximately 10-12 mm in width and each one is identified as a fraction number. These strips were cut into smaller pieces and used as to absorb opsonic antibodies from a rabbit antiserum against crude pep Ml 82.
Opsonization assays were performed using the MI 80 strain, each absorbed antiserum, and antisera inhibited with 1 mg/m1 of pep M18 or pep M18Q. Percent inhibition was based on the level of opsonization achieved with the unabsorbed antiserum.
Figure 3 shows polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a purified fragment of Spa (lanes A and B) and Western blot analysis of the native protein extracted by phage lysin (lanes C and D). The crude pep M180 (lane A) and the purified Spa (lane B) were electrophoresed in a 10% polyacrylamide gel under reducing conditions and stained with Coomassie blue. The purified Spa migrated with an apparent molecular weight of 24 kDa. Western blot analysis was performed to identify the native Spa that was released from the cell wall of Ml 8S2 by group C
Streptococcal phage-associated lysin. The crude lysin extract contained multiple proteins that stained with Coomassie blue (lane C). Antiserum against the synthetic peptide of Spa reacted with a single protein in the extract with an apparent M.W. of 50kDa (lane D).
Figure 4 shows a partial DNA sequence of an isolated spa gene and a deduced amino acid sequence for a Spa polypeptide. The sequence has been submitted to GenBank and has the accession number AF086813.
Figure 5 (presented in Figures 5A, 5B and 5C) shows a full length DNA
sequence according to SEQ ID NO:4 encoding a Spa polypeptide. A start codon begins at position 145, a signal peptide is encoded by positions 145-255 and a mature protein begins at position 256.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
DEFINITIONS
Prior to setting forth the Invention in detail, it may be helpful to an understanding thereof to set forth definitions of certain terms and to list and to define the abbreviations that will be used hereinafter.
"Nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to any of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acids can be composed of monomers that are naturally-occurring nucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., a-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
Presently, there appears to be no showing in the art that group A
streptococci (and all that follow-group A streptococci) express surface polypeptides or proteins containing opsonic epitopes not related to M protein. Providing polypeptides from Streptococci containing non-M protein antigens, especially those that have opsonic epitopes would enhance therapeutic tools available to protect against a variety of Streptococcal infections.
Therefore, there is a need in the art for the discovery and characterization of non-M protein antigens which are effective for protecting against such infections, especially antigens that are effective against multiple serotypes of group A Streptococci.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides the discovery of a novel protective antigen isolated from a Streptococcus species that is distinct from M protein and that elicits opsonic antibodies that are effective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci.
The novel antigen is a surface antigen of a group A Streptococci, which is herein designated as Spa (Streptococcal protective antigen).
In one aspect, the invention provides Spa polypeptides isolated from a Streptococcus species comprising a polypeptide having at least 50% amino acid sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In one embodiment, the Spa polypeptides are from a streptococcus which is a member of the species Streptococcus pyogenes (group A streptococci). Another embodiment includes an isolated Spa polypeptide from a group A, Type 18 Streptococci serotype. Still another embodiment is a Spa polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID
NO:
2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. Variants of this embodiment include amino acid sequences having conservative amino acid substitutions or those having at least 90%
sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
In related embodiments, the invention provides any of the aforementioned isolated Spa polypeptides containing an opsonic epitope. In one embodiment, the isolated polypeptides contain an opsonic epitope comprised of contiguous amino acids from a portion of an N-terminus of the polypeptide that is exposed on an outside surface of a cell when the polypeptide is expressed in the cell. In another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope comprised of at least 23 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 or polypeptides having at least 50%
identity thereto.
In still another embodiment, the isolated Spa polypeptide includes the peptide of SEQ.
ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope.
In a second aspect, the invention provides an immunogen for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection where the immunogen is comprised of any of the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. One embodiment of this aspect provides an immunogen for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection comprising a peptide that includes at least 8 contiguous amino acids from an N terminus of the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. Another embodiment provides an immunogen comprised of a peptide that includes at least 23 contiguous amino acids from an N
terminus of the Spa polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 or polypeptides having at least 50% identity thereto. In another embodiment, the immunogen includes the peptide of SEQ. ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope. In other embodiments, the aforementioned immunogens are linked to a carrier protein or provided as a fusion protein. Another aspect of any of aforementioned immunogens are that they provides cross-protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. In one embodiment the immunogens provide protection against serotypes of Streptococci which are group A serotypes. In another embodiment, the serotypes are selected from Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28 Streptococci.
In a third aspect, this invention provide antibodies that specifically bind to an epitope present on the aforementioned Spa polypeptides. One embodiment includes antibodies that bind to an epitope comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the Spa polypeptide. Another embodiment includes antibodies that bind to an epitope comprised of at least 23 contiguous amino acids of the N-terminus of the Spa polypeptide. In still another embodiment, the antibodies bind to a peptide according to SEQ. ID NO: 3 or variants thereof that contain an opsonic epitope. In still another embodiment, the invention provides the aforementioned antibodies which do not bind to an M protein of Streptococcus species.
In a fourth aspect, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that encodes the aforementioned Streptococcus Spa polypeptides or a complement of said nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is comprised of a sequence selected from SEQ.
ID NOS:
1, or 4, or a complement or variants thereof. Variants of the nucleic acid sequences include variants selected from sequences that encode the polypeptide of SEQ.
ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, which are degenerate to SEQ.
ID NOS: 1 or 4 because of the genetic code; sequences that encode a polypeptide which has conservative amino acid substitutions to the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, or sequences that encode a polypeptide that is at least 50% identical to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In still another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that hybridizes to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules under conditions of moderate or high stringency. Another embodiment includes isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes an opsonic epitope form a Spa polypeptide comprising a polypeptide having at least 50% amino acid sequence identity to SEQ. ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. A related aspect of the nucleic acid sequences provided herein include nucleic acid molecules encoding an opsonic epitope and further encoding a fusion polypeptide wherein the fusion polypeptide contains the opsonic 5 epitope fused to at least one other peptide sequence. In one embodiment, the other peptide sequence includes a tag sequence that facilitates isolation of the fusion polypeptide from a cellular extract. In another embodiment, the other peptide sequence is a carrier protein.
A related embodiment to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules includes a vector comprising those nucleic acid molecules operably linked to a promoter so that the vector expresses a polypeptide encoded by the isolated nucleic acid when the vector is introduced into a host cell. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell carrying such a vector.
A fifth aspect of this invention provides a therapeutic composition for protecting an animal from a Streptococcus infection comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of a an immunizing agent selected from the aforementioned polypeptides, peptides, immunogens, host cells and antibodies.
In some embodiments, the therapeutic composition may include: a) a Spa polypeptide isolated from Streptococcus; b) an immunogen comprised of an opsonic epitope obtained from the Spa polypeptide; c) a host cell that expresses an opsonic epitope obtained from the Spa polypeptide; or d) an antibody that specifically binds to the Spa polypeptide. In another embodiment, the aforementioned immunizing agents may be conjugated to a polyvalent carrier.
A sixth related aspect of this invention includes a therapeutic method for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection comprising the step of administering to the animal the aforementioned therapeutic compositions wherein administering the therapeutic compositions elicits opsonic antibodies in the animal. In a preferred embodiment protection is provided against multiple serotypes of Streptococcus. In a related embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered by at least one of oral administration, intranasal administration, parenteral (intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous) vaccination. In another preferred embodiment, the therapeutic method is provided when the animal is a human.
In still another aspect, the present invention provides diagnostic compositions and methods for detecting infection by a Streptococcus species in a target sample. In one embodiment, primers derived from the nucleotide sequence of a Spa gene are used to amplify nucleic acids extracted from cells obtained from target sample.
Typically, the extracted nucleic acid is DNA. Alternatively, the extracted nucleic acids contain mRNA. In one embodiment, diagnosis is performed by detecting a nucleic acid sequence amplified by PCR using primers from a portion of SEQ. ID NO: 4. In other embodiments, primers are selected from any portion of a Spa gene or compliment thereof containing at least 12 contiguous nucleotides, wherein the primers specifically hybridize to a selected portion of the Spa gene. In still another embodiment, the invention provides probes useful in the diagnosis of a Streptococcus infection wherein the probes contain at least 12 contiguous nucleotides that specifically hybridize to a selected portion of the Spa gene.
In a different embodiments, the diagnostic compositions and methods of the present invention include antibodies that specifically bind to a Spa polypeptide. In one embodiment the antibodies are opsonic antibodies. In certain embodiments the antibodies are polyvalent antibodies while in other embodiments the antibodies are monoclonal antibodies. In still other embodiments, the antibodies are conjugated to a detectable signaling moiety. In other embodiments, the Spa antibodies are used in combination with other immunochemical reagents. In typical embodiments, the other immunochemical reagents form a complex with the Spa antibodies wherein the complex provides a detectable signal under conditions where a Spa polypeptide is bound to a Spa antibody.
In a related aspect, the invention provides diagnostic kits comprised of the aforementioned primers, probes or antibodies. In specific embodiments, the kits further contain reagents for detecting Spa nucleic acids which are amplified or which hybridize to the primers or probes provided herein. In another specific embodiment, the kits contain immunochemical reagents for detecting binding of Spa antibodies to Spa polypeptides isolated from a target sample.
These and other aspects of the present invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. In addition, various references are set forth herein which describe in more detail certain procedures or compositions (e.g., plasmids, etc.), and are therefore incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 depicts a Western blot analysis of whole-cell extracts of M18 (lanes A, C, and E) and Ml 8f2 (lanes B, D, and F) reacted with rabbit antisera against rM18 (lanes A and B), SM18(1-30) (lanes C and D), and SM5(265-291) (lanes E
and F). Coomassie blue stained multiple proteins in extracts from both strains (M18, lane G and M18S-1, lane H).
Figure 2 illustrates identification of Spa in a crude pepsin extract of Ml 8. The extract was separated by preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and the entire gel was transferred to nitrocellulose paper. The ends of the paper were cut vertically and stained with Coomassie blue. The center section was cut into horizontal strips approximately 10-12 mm in width and each one is identified as a fraction number. These strips were cut into smaller pieces and used as to absorb opsonic antibodies from a rabbit antiserum against crude pep Ml 82.
Opsonization assays were performed using the MI 80 strain, each absorbed antiserum, and antisera inhibited with 1 mg/m1 of pep M18 or pep M18Q. Percent inhibition was based on the level of opsonization achieved with the unabsorbed antiserum.
Figure 3 shows polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of a purified fragment of Spa (lanes A and B) and Western blot analysis of the native protein extracted by phage lysin (lanes C and D). The crude pep M180 (lane A) and the purified Spa (lane B) were electrophoresed in a 10% polyacrylamide gel under reducing conditions and stained with Coomassie blue. The purified Spa migrated with an apparent molecular weight of 24 kDa. Western blot analysis was performed to identify the native Spa that was released from the cell wall of Ml 8S2 by group C
Streptococcal phage-associated lysin. The crude lysin extract contained multiple proteins that stained with Coomassie blue (lane C). Antiserum against the synthetic peptide of Spa reacted with a single protein in the extract with an apparent M.W. of 50kDa (lane D).
Figure 4 shows a partial DNA sequence of an isolated spa gene and a deduced amino acid sequence for a Spa polypeptide. The sequence has been submitted to GenBank and has the accession number AF086813.
Figure 5 (presented in Figures 5A, 5B and 5C) shows a full length DNA
sequence according to SEQ ID NO:4 encoding a Spa polypeptide. A start codon begins at position 145, a signal peptide is encoded by positions 145-255 and a mature protein begins at position 256.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
DEFINITIONS
Prior to setting forth the Invention in detail, it may be helpful to an understanding thereof to set forth definitions of certain terms and to list and to define the abbreviations that will be used hereinafter.
"Nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to any of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acids can be composed of monomers that are naturally-occurring nucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., a-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a Spa polypeptide that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a Streptococcus cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. The isolated nucleic acid molecule may be genomic DNA, cDNA, RNA, or composed at least in part of nucleic acid analogs.
An "isolated" polypeptide" is a polypeptide that has been removed by at least one step from its original environment. For example, a naturally occurring protein is isolated if it is separated from some or all of the coexisting material in the natural system such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Within certain embodiments, a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide if it appears nominally as a single band on SDS-PAGE
gel with Coomassie Blue staining.
"Promoter is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter.
"Vector" refers to an assembly which is capable of directing the expression of desired protein. The vector must include transcriptional promoter 5 elements which are operably linked to the genes of interest. The vector may be composed of either deoxyribonucleic acids ("DNA"), ribonucleic acids ("RNA"), or a combination of the two (e.g., a DNA-RNA chimeric). Optionally, the vector may include a polyadenylation sequence, one or more restriction sites, as well as one or more selectable markers such as neomycin phosphotransferase or hygromycin 10 phosphotransferase. Additionally, depending on the host cell chosen and the vector employed, other genetic elements such as an origin of replication, additional nucleic acid restriction sites, enhancers, sequences conferring inducibility of transcription, and selectable markers, may also be incorporated into the vectors described herein.
"Cloning vector" refers to nucleic acid molecules, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites at which foreign nucleotide sequences can be inserted in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector.
Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
"Expression vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, gene expression is placed under the control of a promoter, and optionally, under the control of at least one regulatory element.
Such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the promoter.
"Recombinant host" refers to any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell that contains either a cloning vector or expression vector. This term also includes those prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells that have been genetically engineered to contain the cloned gene(s) in the chromosome or genome of the host cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti-sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA
molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
"Moderate or stringent hybridization conditions" are conditions of hybridization of a probe nucleotide sequence to a target nucleotide sequence wherein hybridization will only be readily detectable when a portion of the target sequence is substantially similar to the complement of the probe sequence. Hybridization conditions vary with probe size as well as with temperature, time and salt concentration in a manner known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, moderate hybridization conditions for a 50 nucleotide probe would include hybridization overnight a buffer containing 5xSSPE (1xSSPE = 180 mM sodium chloride, 10 mM
sodium phosphate, 1 mM EDTA (pH 7.7), 5xDenhardt's solution (100xDenhardt's =
2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 2% (w/v) Ficoll , 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone) and 0.5% SDS incubated overnight at 55-60 C. Post-hybridization washes at moderate stringency are typically performed in 0.5xSSC (1xSSC = 150 mM sodium chloride, mM trisodium citrate) or in 0.5xSSPE at 55-60 C. Stringent hybridization conditions typically would include 2x SSPE overnight at 42 C, in the presence of 50%
formamide followed by one or more washes in 0.1-0.2x SSC and 0.1% SDS at 65 C for 30 minutes or more.
"Percent identity" or "% identity" with reference to a subject polypeptide or peptide sequence is the percentage value returned by comparing the whole of the subject polypeptide sequence to a test sequence using a computer implemented algorithm, typically with default parameters. Sequence comparisons can be performed using any standard software program such as BLAST, tBLAST or MEGALIGN
Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a Spa polypeptide that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a Streptococcus cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. The isolated nucleic acid molecule may be genomic DNA, cDNA, RNA, or composed at least in part of nucleic acid analogs.
An "isolated" polypeptide" is a polypeptide that has been removed by at least one step from its original environment. For example, a naturally occurring protein is isolated if it is separated from some or all of the coexisting material in the natural system such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Within certain embodiments, a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide if it appears nominally as a single band on SDS-PAGE
gel with Coomassie Blue staining.
"Promoter is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter.
"Vector" refers to an assembly which is capable of directing the expression of desired protein. The vector must include transcriptional promoter 5 elements which are operably linked to the genes of interest. The vector may be composed of either deoxyribonucleic acids ("DNA"), ribonucleic acids ("RNA"), or a combination of the two (e.g., a DNA-RNA chimeric). Optionally, the vector may include a polyadenylation sequence, one or more restriction sites, as well as one or more selectable markers such as neomycin phosphotransferase or hygromycin 10 phosphotransferase. Additionally, depending on the host cell chosen and the vector employed, other genetic elements such as an origin of replication, additional nucleic acid restriction sites, enhancers, sequences conferring inducibility of transcription, and selectable markers, may also be incorporated into the vectors described herein.
"Cloning vector" refers to nucleic acid molecules, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites at which foreign nucleotide sequences can be inserted in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector.
Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
"Expression vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, gene expression is placed under the control of a promoter, and optionally, under the control of at least one regulatory element.
Such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the promoter.
"Recombinant host" refers to any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell that contains either a cloning vector or expression vector. This term also includes those prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells that have been genetically engineered to contain the cloned gene(s) in the chromosome or genome of the host cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase II catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti-sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA
molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
"Moderate or stringent hybridization conditions" are conditions of hybridization of a probe nucleotide sequence to a target nucleotide sequence wherein hybridization will only be readily detectable when a portion of the target sequence is substantially similar to the complement of the probe sequence. Hybridization conditions vary with probe size as well as with temperature, time and salt concentration in a manner known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, moderate hybridization conditions for a 50 nucleotide probe would include hybridization overnight a buffer containing 5xSSPE (1xSSPE = 180 mM sodium chloride, 10 mM
sodium phosphate, 1 mM EDTA (pH 7.7), 5xDenhardt's solution (100xDenhardt's =
2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin, 2% (w/v) Ficoll , 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone) and 0.5% SDS incubated overnight at 55-60 C. Post-hybridization washes at moderate stringency are typically performed in 0.5xSSC (1xSSC = 150 mM sodium chloride, mM trisodium citrate) or in 0.5xSSPE at 55-60 C. Stringent hybridization conditions typically would include 2x SSPE overnight at 42 C, in the presence of 50%
formamide followed by one or more washes in 0.1-0.2x SSC and 0.1% SDS at 65 C for 30 minutes or more.
"Percent identity" or "% identity" with reference to a subject polypeptide or peptide sequence is the percentage value returned by comparing the whole of the subject polypeptide sequence to a test sequence using a computer implemented algorithm, typically with default parameters. Sequence comparisons can be performed using any standard software program such as BLAST, tBLAST or MEGALIGN
mentioned above Still others include those provided in the LASERGENE
bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Reference for algorithms such as ALIGN or BLAST may be found for example, in Altschul, J. MoL Biol. 219:555-565, 1991; Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915-10919, 1992) BLAST is available at the NCBI
website. Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology:Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)).
"Spa" or "Spa polypeptide" should be understood to include any polypeptide, or nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% amino acid identity to the polypeptides provided herein as SEQ ID
NO:2, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
"Specifically binds" means an antibody is able to selectively bind a peptide encoded by a spa gene of this invention. Such an antibody generally associates with a Spa polypeptide with an affinity constant (Ka) of at least 104, preferably at least 105, more preferably at least 106, still more preferably at least 107 and most preferably at least 108. Affinity constants may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using well known techniques (see Scatchard, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 51:660-672, 1949).
Abbreviations: YAC, yeast artificial chromosome; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; RT-PCR, PCR process in which RNA is first transcribed into DNA
at the first step using reverse transcriptase (RT); cDNA, any DNA made by copying an RNA sequence into DNA form.
This invention provides a novel family of polypeptides isolated from a Streptococci species that are distinct from M protein and which provide antigens that elicit opsonic antibodies in an animal. These novel polypeptides, herein designated as Spa (Streptococcal protective antigens) contain opsonic epitopes that cross react with multiple serotypes of Streptococci. Also provided are nucleic acid molecules (SEQ. ID
NOS: 1 and 4) which encode representative Spa polypeptides (SEQ. ID NO: 2 and the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145). SEQ ID NO:2 encodes a 112 residue polypeptide that is a part of the N-terminus of a mature Spa polypeptide. Also provided is a 23 amino acid peptide sequence (SEQ. ID NO: 3) comprising a portion of an N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide which contains an opsonic epitope. The polypeptides of SEQ. ID NOS: 2 and 3 are therefore part of a larger protein of about 50 kD
encoded by a Streptococcus gene herein designated as spa. SEQ ID NO:4 is a full-length spa gene encoding the full-length pro-protein encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. SEQ ID NOS: 2 and 3 are part of the mature protein. The invention also encompasses variants of the nucleic acid represented by SEQ. ID
NOS: 1 and 4, and the polypeptides represented by SEQ. ID NOS: 2, 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, which are further described hereafter. Vectors and host cells carrying nucleic acids encoding Spa or opsonic epitopes of Spa are also provided by the present invention.
The invention further includes immunogens comprised of Spa polypeptides and/or peptides comprised of contiguous amino acids from the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide. Also included in this invention are antibodies that specifically bind to a Spa polypeptide or to antigens contained therein. The polypeptides, antigens, host cells expressing opsonic epitopes and antibodies that specifically bind thereto can each serve as immunizing agents in therapeutic compositions for protecting an animal from infection by multiple serotypes of Streptococci. Accordingly, this invention further encompasses such therapeutic compositions and methods of their use to protect an animal against a Streptococcus infection.
I. Polypeptides The identification of the novel polypeptide from Streptococci was facilitated by production of an M-negative mutant of a Streptococcal strain that is fully virulent when compared to the parent strain. Production of a fully virulent M-negative mutant is a surprising result in light of prior teaching, such as provided for example by Moses, et al. "Infection and Immunity 65:64-71 (1997)" who showed that an M-negative mutant of an M18 strain (87-282) had reduced virulence relative to the parent.
The present invention demonstrates that production of an M-negative mutant provides a Streptococcal strain that maintains virulence and which exposes the presence of a non-M polypeptide displaying an opsonic epitope of a surface protein. As used herein, an "opsonic epitope" is that peptide or polypeptide portion of a protein which forms an antigen that elicits the production of, and binds to, opsonic antibodies evoked by immunizing an animal with a host cell containing the antigen. A "surface protein" is protein having a portion of its amino acid sequence displayed on the outer surface of a host cell which contains the protein. "Opsonic antibodies" has the meaning commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art as antibodies which facilitates phagocytic activity against a particle, such as a host cell, that contains the antigen.
One way to produce an M-negative mutant is by inactivation of an emm gene encoding an M protein in a Streptococcal strain. Suitable strains include any pathogenic Streptococci. In one embodiment of this invention, a group A Type Streptococcus (designated M18) is used. Many methods are known in the art for inactivation of a bacterial gene are suitable for the practice of this invention. In one method exemplified herein, a Q interposon element is introduced into the chromosome of a Streptococcal species to inactivate an emm gene present in a Type 18 Streptococcus serotype (emm18). One way to accomplished this is to first ligate a E2 interposon element into the coding sequence of an emm18 gene that has been cloned into a first vector so as to obtain a second vector containing an emm18 which is inactivated by insertion of the 12 element. This second vector is then used to transform a parent strain so that the inactivated emm18 recombines with and replaces the native emm18 gene present on the chromosome of the parent strain.
Insertionally inactivated strains can be screened for the presence of the inactivated emm18 gene by southern blotting using the Q interposon element as a probe in combination with a probe for the emm18 gene. Inactivation of the emm18 gene can be confirmed by showing absence of expressed M protein by any method for detecting the protein such as for example, immunoblotting an extract using an antibody specific for the M protein. Figure 1 illustrates western blotting to determine the absence of expressed M protein in one M negative mutant (Ml 8, described hereafter) using 5 antisera prepared against a each of; a native M protein (rM18) from a Type Streptococcus; a 30 amino acid N-terminal peptide of the M18 protein, (SM18(1-30);
and an internal fragment from a Type 5 Streptococcus M protein (SM5(265-291).
(see also Example 1).
One purpose of making an M-negative Streptococcus mutant is to 10 facilitate detection of non-M protein surface antigens which contain opsonic epitopes.
An M-negative mutant suitable for identifying a Spa antigen preferably exhibits continued virulence in a mammalian system because non-virulent strains are less likely to elicit opsonic antibodies. Virulence of an M-negative mutant may be tested by several methods known in the art. One method is grow the strain in mammalian blood 15 and to score virulence by the number of generations of growth obtained in the blood culture. Typically, a virulent strain will grow for at least 4 generations after three hours of culture in mammalian blood. Typically, a test for virulence in blood uses blood obtained from an animal for which protection against Streptococcal infection is sought.
In one practice of this invention, an M18 parent strain used to produce the M-negative mutant M180 grew for 8 generations after a three hour rotation in human blood.
The MUM mutant showed similar virulence by growing for 7.5 generations under the same conditions. (See Example 1).
Another method for assessing virulence is by an intraperitoneal challenge infection. Briefly, this method determines the does of bacterial particles necessary to be lethal in a test animal, usually a mouse. Virulence is scored by calculating the number of bacteria that is lethal to 50% of test animals after intraperitoneal injection (LD50). Typically, a virulent strain will have an LD50 of less than 106 in a mouse. For example, the M18 parent strain discussed above had an of 0.73 x 105 while the M18S2 mutant had an LD50 of 1.26 x 105. Optionally, the lethality of the mutant bacteria can be confirmed by recovering live bacteria from the spleens of test animals which succumb to the injection and testing for the presence of identifying characteristics of the mutant, such as for example, drug resistance or maintenance of the M-negative phenotype.
Once a virulent M-negative Streptococcus mutant has been obtained, the presence of a Spa polypeptide can be initially assessed by scoring for the presence of opsonizing epitopes on the surface of the mutant bacteria. The ordinarily skilled artisan will recognize a variety of in vivo and in vitro methods of testing for the presence of opsonizing epitopes. One method is to raise antisera against a crude surface peptide fraction (pep) released from the surface of bacterial particles after treating bacterial particles with a protease, and then to use the antisera in an in-vitro opsonization assay.
Many proteases are known in the art are suitable for the preparation of a crude surface peptide fraction from the surface of bacteria. Usually a protease which cleaves many different peptide linkages, such as for example pepsin, is incubated with a bacterial particles under reaction conditions that are suboptimal for the activity of the protease and/or with an amount of protease selected to yield a mixture enriched with larger rather than smaller polypeptides. Guidance for reaction conditions useful for releasing surface peptides from Streptococci particles may be found in part by the disclosure provided herein. (See Examples 3 and 4). Antisera against the exude surface peptide fraction may be raised in several species, typically mammals and, most typically rabbits. Methods of raising antisera against a peptide fraction are well known in the art and some of these are described hereafter.
An example in vitro opsonization assay useful in the practice of this invention is an opsonophagocytosis assay which detects phagocytosis facilitated by the presence of opsonizing antibodies present in a test antisera. Briefly, the assay measures the amount of phagocytosis of selected bacterial particles after preincubating the particles in the presence or absence of antisera raised against a sample of antigens obtained from the test bacteria. Preincubation with the antisera coats the particles with reactive antibodies, some of which will be opsonic antibodies elicited from opsonic epitopes present on the surface of the bacterial particles. Preincubated coated particles are then mixed with whole blood from an animal, typically a mammal for which opsonic protection is to be sought (e.g., a human) to determine the percentage of neutrophils that associate with the bacterial particles which is a measure of phagocytic activity facilitated by opsonic antibodies. Antisera containing opsonic antibodies induce a higher percentage of neutrophils associated with the selected bacteria than does antisera lacking opsonic antibodies. In a variation of this test, the bactericidal activity of antisera can be tested by incubating the antisera with fewer bacterial particles, incubating in blood for a longer period of time and then plating the mixture on a culture medium to score for viable bacteria. The presence of opsonic antibodies in the antisera increase the number of bacteria destroyed by phagocytosis and therefore lowers the number of colony forming units (CFUs) detected on the plate culture.
One advantage of these assays is that bacteria particles can be selected to score for serotype and strain specificity of opsonic epitopes. Thus, antisera raised against crude surface peptides obtained from one serotype may be tested for the ability to provide opsonic protection against other serotypes by scoring for opsonophagocytosis or bactericidal activity against the other serotypes. In addition, the presence of a novel opsonic polypeptide, such as the Spa antigen of the present invention, can be detected by comparing the ability of different antisera raised against different surface antigen preparations to provide opsonic protection against different strains. For example, in one embodiment of this invention, antisera raised against crude surface peptides obtained from the M18 parent strain provided opsonic protection against both the parent and the M1851 mutant, however, antisera raised against purified M protein of the parent (Ml 8 protein) or an N-terminal fragment thereof only provided protection against the parent and not the mutant strain. (See Example 3) This indicates for the first time, that a Streptococcus species contains opsonic epitopes on its surface that differ from the previously known opsonic epitopes of the M protein class.
In a similar fashion, antisera raised against crude surface peptides from the Ml 8S-2 mutant were shown to provide opsonic protection against not only itself, but against the M18 parent and other Streptococcal serotypes as well. In one example, opsonic protection was provided against at least three serotypes of group A
Streptococci including Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28. This indicates the mutant displays a novel opsonic epitope other than M protein which is capable of providing opsonic protection across multiple Streptococci serotypes. Thus, although the parent, the mutant and other serotypes display the novel opsonic epitope (Spa) this epitope is readily shown to be distinct from M protein by showing the M negative mutant expressed the epitope even while M protein is not expressed. Identification of a virulent, M-negative Streptococcus mutant provides a first step in a general method for the identification and isolation of the Spa polypeptides and antigens of the present invention.
Identification of the polypeptide containing a Spa antigen is accomplished by separating the surface polypeptides of a Streptococcus and identifying a fraction that possesses the opsonic epitope indicative of the Spa antigen.
In one method, the surface polypeptide to be separated is comprised of the crude surface peptide mixture obtained by protease treatment of an M-negative Streptococcus mutant shown to display an opsonic epitope other than M protein. Preferably, separation is performed to isolate the Spa polypeptide from other peptides present in the crude surface peptide mixture. One skilled in the art is able to envision numerous protocols for separating a crude surface peptide mixture including but not limited to a wide spectrum of electrophoresis and chromatography techniques particularly designed for separating polypeptides.
In a typical practice of this invention, a combination of polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, antibody binding and opsonization inhibition assays are used to separate and identify Spa polypeptides containing opsonic epitopes. An example of use of this protocol is illustrated in Figure 2. Briefly, a crude surface peptide mixture is separated on a preparative 10% SDS polyacrylamide gel and then immunoblotted onto nitrocellulose paper or other suitable blotting substrate. The nitrocellulose paper is cut into strips containing different fractions of the separated polypeptides and incubated with antisera prepared against the crude surface peptide mixture to absorb antibodies that bind to the separated polypeptides. The absorbed antisera are then used in an opsonization assay and compared to the results obtained with unabsorbed antisera.
Opsonic polypeptides present on the nitrocellulose strips will absorb opsonic antibodies from the test antisera so that the residual antisera will show reduced activity (inhibition) in an opsonization assay in comparison to unabsorbed antisera. In a typical practice, a duplicate immunoblot is subjected to ordinary western blotting to confirm the presence of immunoreactive polypeptides. Additionally, a duplicate polyacrylamide gel can be prepared to aid in purification of polypeptides shown to contain opsonic epitopes by the opsonizations inhibition assays In one practice of the invention, the identified Spa polypeptide is isolated and purified by any polypeptide purification techniques known in the art. As used herein, to "isolate" means to take any step to separate a species from a milieu in which it naturally occurs, and to "purify" means to isolate a fraction wherein the desired species represents 50%-1 00% of all extracted polypeptides present in the fraction. For further characterization of Spa, it is preferred that the Spa polypeptide comprise at least 90% and more preferably at least 95% of polypeptides in the purified fraction.
Typical isolation steps useful in the practice of this invention include, but are not limited to, ammonium sulfate precipitation, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and HPLC.
These techniques are suitable to provide a Spa polypeptide of sufficient quantity and purity to obtain an N-terminal sequence and to raise specific antibodies in a mammal such as a rabbit.
In one embodiment, a Spa polypeptide present in an group A, Type 18 Streptococcus was identified and purified using the aforementioned protocols with antisera obtained from the Ml 8Q mutant described above. The polypeptide was purified from a crude surface peptide fraction obtained from the mutant by using precipitation in 60% saturated ammonium sulfate, followed by dialysis, lyophilization, and preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Figure 3(A,B) shows that the isolated polypeptide is estimated to have a size of 24 kD as determined by analytical polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Figure 3(C,D) shows a western blot analysis of native proteins released from the cell wall of 1\41 8f2 by phage associated lysin C and illustrates that the 24 kD Spa polypeptide is part of a larger native protein having an estimated size of 50 kD.
In another embodiment, a Spa polypeptide isolated according to the present invention is used to identify and isolate peptide antigens containing opsonic =
epitopes comprised of contiguous amino acids present on the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide. One example is provided by SEQ. ID NO: 3. As used herein, "contiguous amino acids" is a sequence of amino acids which are identical to, or conservative variants of, a precise sequence of amino acids present on a Spa polypeptide.
The Spa 5 polypeptides of the present invention are isolated from a cell that expresses the polypeptide and which has a portion of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide exposed on the outside surface of the cell. "Exposed on the outer surface"
means the polypeptide has a portion extended through the outer membrane of the cell which is accessible to a proteases and/or to interaction with the major histocompatibility 10 complex of an animal without having to rupture the cell. As used herein, the "N-terminus" is a sequence of about 240 amino acids or less that is present at or near the N
terminal of a polypeptide that can be obtained after proteolytic cleavage of polypeptides exposed on the surface of a cell. Therefore, the term includes an N-terminus of a proteolytic fragment as well as an N-terminus of a native protein when the N-terminus 15 of the native protein is exposed on the outer surface of a cell.
The N terminus of the Spa polypeptides of the present invention undoubtedly contains shorter peptide sequences that form opsonic epitopes because it is highly unlikely that opsonic antibodies recognize an epitope requiring the entire sequence of a polypeptide exposed to the outer surface of a cell. It is well known in the 20 art that an epitope may consist of peptide sequence as small as 8 amino acids which is generally considered by those skilled in the art to be the lower size limit for a peptide to be capable of forming an epitope that can interact with the major histocompatibility complex (MHC). Therefore, another aspect of this invention includes polypeptides and peptides containing opsonic epitopes comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids from the N-terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide. Identification of an opsonic amino acid sequence on the Spa polypeptides of the present invention may be accomplished by a variety of methods.
One method is to use chemical degradation of Spa to obtain peptide fragments and to test those peptide fragments or to synthetic peptides containing contiguous amino acids derived therefrom, for the presence of opsonic epitopes. In one practice of this invention, Edman degradation of the purified Spa polypeptide is used to provide a precise amino acid sequence for the N-terminus of the isolated polypeptide.
In another embodiment, Edman degradation is used to provide a precise amino acid sequence of an internal fragment prepared by enzymatic or chemical digestion of the isolated polypeptide. For example, Edman degradation of the Spa polypeptide isolated from the M18S2 mutant described above provided two amino acid sequences: a first sequence of 23 amino acids comprising a portion of the N-terminus of the isolated polypeptide and a second sequence of 10 amino acids comprising a portion of an N-terminus of an internal peptide fragment that was isolated after LysC
digestion of the polypeptide. The sequence of the 23 amino acid N-terminus is provided in SEQ.
ID
NO: 3 and shown in Example 4 along with the sequence of the internal fragment.
While not wishing to be bound by speculation, it is believed that SEQ. ID NO:
represents the N-terininus of the native Spa protein, however, the possibility that the native Spa protein contains additional amino acids at the N-terminus cannot be excluded. A comparison to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 shows that the native protein is processed from a preprotein by removal of a residue signal sequence.
When smaller peptide fragments or sequences are isolated from a Spa polypeptide, the isolated peptide fragments or sequences can be identified as containing an opsonic epitope by modification of the methods described above for identifying an opsonic polypeptide. The only modification required is use of a separation system suitable for the separation of smaller peptides. High percentage polyacrylamide gels and HPLC techniques are particularly suited for separating smaller peptides and such techniques are readily accessible to those skilled in the art. Alternatively, synthetic peptides can by made which are contiguous with the amino acid sequences deduced by Edman degradation. Therefore, embodiments of the present invention include peptides containing opsonic epitopes comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of a Spa polypeptide.
In one embodiment, a peptide containing 23 contiguous amino acids of SEQ. ID NO: 3 which represents the N terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide is chemically synthesized. That peptide, herein designated spal8(1-23) is shown to be opsonic by first chemically coupling it to a suitable carrier such as KLH and using it to raise antisera in rabbits. Another antiserum is made against the intact Spa polypeptide for comparison. These antisera are then used to show cross reactivity with antisera prepared from crude surface peptides obtained from an M-negative mutant such as Ml 8Q and to further show the presence of opsonic epitopes using the opsonization assays described above. Results demonstrate that the 23 amino acid peptide of the N
terminus of the Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope having a similar opsonizing capacity as that obtained from the whole isolated polypeptide and from the crude surface peptide fraction. Western blotting also shows that antisera to the purified protein and the 23 amino acid peptide does not bind to an M protein such as M18.
Results further show that the 23 amino acid peptide and isolated Spa polypeptide produce antisera capable of providing opsonic protection against the parent M18 strain, the mutant strain and other serotypes of Streptococcus, while antisera prepared against M protein from the parent strain is only able to provide opsonic protection against the parent strain. (See Examples 5 and 6.) While determining a precise amino acid sequence for an isolated Spa polypeptide or peptide epitopes contained therein is a preferred practice of this invention, it is not necessary to structurally define the isolated polypeptide at the sequence level to obtain the Spa polypeptides provided herein. The aforementioned description provides a method useful for isolating Spa polypeptides from any Streptococcus source, particularly from group A Streptococci. As is evident from the foregoing description, a Spa polypeptide is a polypeptide product having particular functional characteristics that fulfill requirements of the method and which are thereby isolated by practice of the method. To summarize, a Spa polypeptide is a polypeptide product obtained from a Streptococcus species which is displayed on the outer surface of a Streptococcus bacterium, and which contains antigenic epitopes other than the epitopes contained on an M protein. These epitopes represent opsonic antigens that do not cross react with antisera prepared against M-protein and which are capable of providing opsonic protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. These characteristics are found in a polypeptide isolated according to the practices described in this invention.
More particularly, this invention provides a method for identifying and isolating a non M protein Spa polypeptide of a Streptococcus species that elicits opsonic antibodies protective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. The method includes the steps 1) producing a virulent mutant of the Streptococcus species that does not express an M protein; 2) obtaining antisera against a crude surface polypeptide fraction obtained from the mutant; 3) determining that the antisera contains opsonic antibodies that do not cross react with M protein and which provide opsonic protection against the mutant; 4) separating polypeptides in the extract to obtain isolated polypeptide fractions; 5) screening the isolated polypeptide fractions with antisera containing opsonic antibodies to identify Spa polypeptides that contain opsonic epitopes; 6) purifying the polypeptide identified as having opsonic epitopes;
and 7) testing the purified polypeptides to determine that they elicit opsonic antibodies that are protective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci.
Therefore, another embodiment of this invention includes Spa polypeptides isolated according to this method. The skilled artisan will immediately recognize that this method enables the isolation of a variety of Spa polypeptides from a variety of Streptococcus species. Thus, for example, while the Spa polypeptide isolated from an M18 mutant exemplified in one practice of this invention is protective against at least three serotypes of Streptococci (See Example 6) other Spa polypeptides isolated from other Streptococci can be isolated that are protective against other serotypes of Streptococci.
Nucleic Acids Another aspect of the present invention is isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes a Streptococcus Spa polypeptide.
This aspect of the invention pertains to isolated nucleic sequences encoding a Spa polypeptide (i.e. a spa gene) as well as those sequences readily derived from isolated nucleic molecules such as for example complementary sequences, reverse sequences and complements of reverse of sequences.
In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is comprised of a sequence selected from SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4, a complement of SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4 or variants thereof. Variants of the nucleic acid sequences include variants selected from sequences that encode the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 which are degenerate to SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4 because of the genetic code; sequences that encode a polypeptide which has conservative amino acid substitutions to the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, or a sequence that encodes a polypeptide that is at least 50%
identical to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In still another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that hybridizes to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules under conditions of high stringency.
Another embodiment includes isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes an opsonic epitope form a Spa polypeptide. A related aspect of the nucleic acid sequences provided herein include nucleic acid molecules encoding an opsonic epitope and further encoding a fusion polypeptide wherein the fusion polypeptide contains the opsonic epitope fused to at least one other polypeptide sequence.
In one embodiment, the other peptide sequence includes a tag sequence that facilitates isolation of the fusion polypeptide from a cellular extract. In another embodiment the other peptide sequence is a carrier protein.
A related embodiment to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules includes a vector comprising those nucleic acid molecules operably linked to a promoter so that the vector expresses a polypeptide encoded by the isolated nucleic acid when the vector is introduced into a host cell. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell carrying such a vector.
As used herein, a spa gene is a Streptococcus gene or nucleic acid variant thereof, that encodes at least 100 amino acids of a Spa polypeptide including for example, the isolated nucleic acid of SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4, a nucleic acid that encodes a 24kDa Spa polypeptide or a nucleic acid that encodes a native Spa protein of about 50 5 kDa. One example of part of a spa gene is set forth in Figure 4, and in SEQ ID NOS:1-2 which provides a nucleotide and amino acid sequence from one spa gene isolated from a Type 18 Streptococcus. Another example is set forth in Figure 5 that shows a full-length nucleic acid sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 4 that encodes an amino acid sequence starting at nucleotide 145. These represent full-length spa sequences and 10 that include a signal peptide of 37 residues encoded by nucleotides 145-255 of the pol)mucleotide of Figure 5 that is cleaved to produce a mature spa protein that starts at nucleotide 256.
Another aspect of the isolated spa nucleic acids of this invention includes fragments of isolated sequences. As used herein, a "fragment" of an isolated 15 spa gene includes any nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 12 nucleotides from an isolated spa gene or a variant of least 12 nucleotides that hybridizes to an isolated spa gene under conditions of moderate or high stringency. Such sequences are useful for a variety of purposes including PCR primers for isolating additional spa sequences or variants thereof from other Streptococci. Another typical use is for recombinant 20 expression of a peptide or polypeptide comprised of epitopes present on a native Spa polypeptide.
Also provided herein are nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides useful as probes and primers for identifying or obtaining Spa sequences. More specifically, a nucleic acid fragment or oligonucleotide that comprise at least 12 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:1 or 4 are particularly useful for hybridization to Spa nucleic acid sequences and/or for primers that can be used to amplify the same.
More particular embodiments include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides where the length is at least 18, 24, 30, 50 or greater than 50 nucleotides.
Complements of the above sequences are also included.
bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Reference for algorithms such as ALIGN or BLAST may be found for example, in Altschul, J. MoL Biol. 219:555-565, 1991; Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915-10919, 1992) BLAST is available at the NCBI
website. Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology:Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)).
"Spa" or "Spa polypeptide" should be understood to include any polypeptide, or nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide having at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95% amino acid identity to the polypeptides provided herein as SEQ ID
NO:2, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
"Specifically binds" means an antibody is able to selectively bind a peptide encoded by a spa gene of this invention. Such an antibody generally associates with a Spa polypeptide with an affinity constant (Ka) of at least 104, preferably at least 105, more preferably at least 106, still more preferably at least 107 and most preferably at least 108. Affinity constants may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using well known techniques (see Scatchard, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 51:660-672, 1949).
Abbreviations: YAC, yeast artificial chromosome; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; RT-PCR, PCR process in which RNA is first transcribed into DNA
at the first step using reverse transcriptase (RT); cDNA, any DNA made by copying an RNA sequence into DNA form.
This invention provides a novel family of polypeptides isolated from a Streptococci species that are distinct from M protein and which provide antigens that elicit opsonic antibodies in an animal. These novel polypeptides, herein designated as Spa (Streptococcal protective antigens) contain opsonic epitopes that cross react with multiple serotypes of Streptococci. Also provided are nucleic acid molecules (SEQ. ID
NOS: 1 and 4) which encode representative Spa polypeptides (SEQ. ID NO: 2 and the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145). SEQ ID NO:2 encodes a 112 residue polypeptide that is a part of the N-terminus of a mature Spa polypeptide. Also provided is a 23 amino acid peptide sequence (SEQ. ID NO: 3) comprising a portion of an N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide which contains an opsonic epitope. The polypeptides of SEQ. ID NOS: 2 and 3 are therefore part of a larger protein of about 50 kD
encoded by a Streptococcus gene herein designated as spa. SEQ ID NO:4 is a full-length spa gene encoding the full-length pro-protein encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. SEQ ID NOS: 2 and 3 are part of the mature protein. The invention also encompasses variants of the nucleic acid represented by SEQ. ID
NOS: 1 and 4, and the polypeptides represented by SEQ. ID NOS: 2, 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, which are further described hereafter. Vectors and host cells carrying nucleic acids encoding Spa or opsonic epitopes of Spa are also provided by the present invention.
The invention further includes immunogens comprised of Spa polypeptides and/or peptides comprised of contiguous amino acids from the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide. Also included in this invention are antibodies that specifically bind to a Spa polypeptide or to antigens contained therein. The polypeptides, antigens, host cells expressing opsonic epitopes and antibodies that specifically bind thereto can each serve as immunizing agents in therapeutic compositions for protecting an animal from infection by multiple serotypes of Streptococci. Accordingly, this invention further encompasses such therapeutic compositions and methods of their use to protect an animal against a Streptococcus infection.
I. Polypeptides The identification of the novel polypeptide from Streptococci was facilitated by production of an M-negative mutant of a Streptococcal strain that is fully virulent when compared to the parent strain. Production of a fully virulent M-negative mutant is a surprising result in light of prior teaching, such as provided for example by Moses, et al. "Infection and Immunity 65:64-71 (1997)" who showed that an M-negative mutant of an M18 strain (87-282) had reduced virulence relative to the parent.
The present invention demonstrates that production of an M-negative mutant provides a Streptococcal strain that maintains virulence and which exposes the presence of a non-M polypeptide displaying an opsonic epitope of a surface protein. As used herein, an "opsonic epitope" is that peptide or polypeptide portion of a protein which forms an antigen that elicits the production of, and binds to, opsonic antibodies evoked by immunizing an animal with a host cell containing the antigen. A "surface protein" is protein having a portion of its amino acid sequence displayed on the outer surface of a host cell which contains the protein. "Opsonic antibodies" has the meaning commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art as antibodies which facilitates phagocytic activity against a particle, such as a host cell, that contains the antigen.
One way to produce an M-negative mutant is by inactivation of an emm gene encoding an M protein in a Streptococcal strain. Suitable strains include any pathogenic Streptococci. In one embodiment of this invention, a group A Type Streptococcus (designated M18) is used. Many methods are known in the art for inactivation of a bacterial gene are suitable for the practice of this invention. In one method exemplified herein, a Q interposon element is introduced into the chromosome of a Streptococcal species to inactivate an emm gene present in a Type 18 Streptococcus serotype (emm18). One way to accomplished this is to first ligate a E2 interposon element into the coding sequence of an emm18 gene that has been cloned into a first vector so as to obtain a second vector containing an emm18 which is inactivated by insertion of the 12 element. This second vector is then used to transform a parent strain so that the inactivated emm18 recombines with and replaces the native emm18 gene present on the chromosome of the parent strain.
Insertionally inactivated strains can be screened for the presence of the inactivated emm18 gene by southern blotting using the Q interposon element as a probe in combination with a probe for the emm18 gene. Inactivation of the emm18 gene can be confirmed by showing absence of expressed M protein by any method for detecting the protein such as for example, immunoblotting an extract using an antibody specific for the M protein. Figure 1 illustrates western blotting to determine the absence of expressed M protein in one M negative mutant (Ml 8, described hereafter) using 5 antisera prepared against a each of; a native M protein (rM18) from a Type Streptococcus; a 30 amino acid N-terminal peptide of the M18 protein, (SM18(1-30);
and an internal fragment from a Type 5 Streptococcus M protein (SM5(265-291).
(see also Example 1).
One purpose of making an M-negative Streptococcus mutant is to 10 facilitate detection of non-M protein surface antigens which contain opsonic epitopes.
An M-negative mutant suitable for identifying a Spa antigen preferably exhibits continued virulence in a mammalian system because non-virulent strains are less likely to elicit opsonic antibodies. Virulence of an M-negative mutant may be tested by several methods known in the art. One method is grow the strain in mammalian blood 15 and to score virulence by the number of generations of growth obtained in the blood culture. Typically, a virulent strain will grow for at least 4 generations after three hours of culture in mammalian blood. Typically, a test for virulence in blood uses blood obtained from an animal for which protection against Streptococcal infection is sought.
In one practice of this invention, an M18 parent strain used to produce the M-negative mutant M180 grew for 8 generations after a three hour rotation in human blood.
The MUM mutant showed similar virulence by growing for 7.5 generations under the same conditions. (See Example 1).
Another method for assessing virulence is by an intraperitoneal challenge infection. Briefly, this method determines the does of bacterial particles necessary to be lethal in a test animal, usually a mouse. Virulence is scored by calculating the number of bacteria that is lethal to 50% of test animals after intraperitoneal injection (LD50). Typically, a virulent strain will have an LD50 of less than 106 in a mouse. For example, the M18 parent strain discussed above had an of 0.73 x 105 while the M18S2 mutant had an LD50 of 1.26 x 105. Optionally, the lethality of the mutant bacteria can be confirmed by recovering live bacteria from the spleens of test animals which succumb to the injection and testing for the presence of identifying characteristics of the mutant, such as for example, drug resistance or maintenance of the M-negative phenotype.
Once a virulent M-negative Streptococcus mutant has been obtained, the presence of a Spa polypeptide can be initially assessed by scoring for the presence of opsonizing epitopes on the surface of the mutant bacteria. The ordinarily skilled artisan will recognize a variety of in vivo and in vitro methods of testing for the presence of opsonizing epitopes. One method is to raise antisera against a crude surface peptide fraction (pep) released from the surface of bacterial particles after treating bacterial particles with a protease, and then to use the antisera in an in-vitro opsonization assay.
Many proteases are known in the art are suitable for the preparation of a crude surface peptide fraction from the surface of bacteria. Usually a protease which cleaves many different peptide linkages, such as for example pepsin, is incubated with a bacterial particles under reaction conditions that are suboptimal for the activity of the protease and/or with an amount of protease selected to yield a mixture enriched with larger rather than smaller polypeptides. Guidance for reaction conditions useful for releasing surface peptides from Streptococci particles may be found in part by the disclosure provided herein. (See Examples 3 and 4). Antisera against the exude surface peptide fraction may be raised in several species, typically mammals and, most typically rabbits. Methods of raising antisera against a peptide fraction are well known in the art and some of these are described hereafter.
An example in vitro opsonization assay useful in the practice of this invention is an opsonophagocytosis assay which detects phagocytosis facilitated by the presence of opsonizing antibodies present in a test antisera. Briefly, the assay measures the amount of phagocytosis of selected bacterial particles after preincubating the particles in the presence or absence of antisera raised against a sample of antigens obtained from the test bacteria. Preincubation with the antisera coats the particles with reactive antibodies, some of which will be opsonic antibodies elicited from opsonic epitopes present on the surface of the bacterial particles. Preincubated coated particles are then mixed with whole blood from an animal, typically a mammal for which opsonic protection is to be sought (e.g., a human) to determine the percentage of neutrophils that associate with the bacterial particles which is a measure of phagocytic activity facilitated by opsonic antibodies. Antisera containing opsonic antibodies induce a higher percentage of neutrophils associated with the selected bacteria than does antisera lacking opsonic antibodies. In a variation of this test, the bactericidal activity of antisera can be tested by incubating the antisera with fewer bacterial particles, incubating in blood for a longer period of time and then plating the mixture on a culture medium to score for viable bacteria. The presence of opsonic antibodies in the antisera increase the number of bacteria destroyed by phagocytosis and therefore lowers the number of colony forming units (CFUs) detected on the plate culture.
One advantage of these assays is that bacteria particles can be selected to score for serotype and strain specificity of opsonic epitopes. Thus, antisera raised against crude surface peptides obtained from one serotype may be tested for the ability to provide opsonic protection against other serotypes by scoring for opsonophagocytosis or bactericidal activity against the other serotypes. In addition, the presence of a novel opsonic polypeptide, such as the Spa antigen of the present invention, can be detected by comparing the ability of different antisera raised against different surface antigen preparations to provide opsonic protection against different strains. For example, in one embodiment of this invention, antisera raised against crude surface peptides obtained from the M18 parent strain provided opsonic protection against both the parent and the M1851 mutant, however, antisera raised against purified M protein of the parent (Ml 8 protein) or an N-terminal fragment thereof only provided protection against the parent and not the mutant strain. (See Example 3) This indicates for the first time, that a Streptococcus species contains opsonic epitopes on its surface that differ from the previously known opsonic epitopes of the M protein class.
In a similar fashion, antisera raised against crude surface peptides from the Ml 8S-2 mutant were shown to provide opsonic protection against not only itself, but against the M18 parent and other Streptococcal serotypes as well. In one example, opsonic protection was provided against at least three serotypes of group A
Streptococci including Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28. This indicates the mutant displays a novel opsonic epitope other than M protein which is capable of providing opsonic protection across multiple Streptococci serotypes. Thus, although the parent, the mutant and other serotypes display the novel opsonic epitope (Spa) this epitope is readily shown to be distinct from M protein by showing the M negative mutant expressed the epitope even while M protein is not expressed. Identification of a virulent, M-negative Streptococcus mutant provides a first step in a general method for the identification and isolation of the Spa polypeptides and antigens of the present invention.
Identification of the polypeptide containing a Spa antigen is accomplished by separating the surface polypeptides of a Streptococcus and identifying a fraction that possesses the opsonic epitope indicative of the Spa antigen.
In one method, the surface polypeptide to be separated is comprised of the crude surface peptide mixture obtained by protease treatment of an M-negative Streptococcus mutant shown to display an opsonic epitope other than M protein. Preferably, separation is performed to isolate the Spa polypeptide from other peptides present in the crude surface peptide mixture. One skilled in the art is able to envision numerous protocols for separating a crude surface peptide mixture including but not limited to a wide spectrum of electrophoresis and chromatography techniques particularly designed for separating polypeptides.
In a typical practice of this invention, a combination of polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, antibody binding and opsonization inhibition assays are used to separate and identify Spa polypeptides containing opsonic epitopes. An example of use of this protocol is illustrated in Figure 2. Briefly, a crude surface peptide mixture is separated on a preparative 10% SDS polyacrylamide gel and then immunoblotted onto nitrocellulose paper or other suitable blotting substrate. The nitrocellulose paper is cut into strips containing different fractions of the separated polypeptides and incubated with antisera prepared against the crude surface peptide mixture to absorb antibodies that bind to the separated polypeptides. The absorbed antisera are then used in an opsonization assay and compared to the results obtained with unabsorbed antisera.
Opsonic polypeptides present on the nitrocellulose strips will absorb opsonic antibodies from the test antisera so that the residual antisera will show reduced activity (inhibition) in an opsonization assay in comparison to unabsorbed antisera. In a typical practice, a duplicate immunoblot is subjected to ordinary western blotting to confirm the presence of immunoreactive polypeptides. Additionally, a duplicate polyacrylamide gel can be prepared to aid in purification of polypeptides shown to contain opsonic epitopes by the opsonizations inhibition assays In one practice of the invention, the identified Spa polypeptide is isolated and purified by any polypeptide purification techniques known in the art. As used herein, to "isolate" means to take any step to separate a species from a milieu in which it naturally occurs, and to "purify" means to isolate a fraction wherein the desired species represents 50%-1 00% of all extracted polypeptides present in the fraction. For further characterization of Spa, it is preferred that the Spa polypeptide comprise at least 90% and more preferably at least 95% of polypeptides in the purified fraction.
Typical isolation steps useful in the practice of this invention include, but are not limited to, ammonium sulfate precipitation, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and HPLC.
These techniques are suitable to provide a Spa polypeptide of sufficient quantity and purity to obtain an N-terminal sequence and to raise specific antibodies in a mammal such as a rabbit.
In one embodiment, a Spa polypeptide present in an group A, Type 18 Streptococcus was identified and purified using the aforementioned protocols with antisera obtained from the Ml 8Q mutant described above. The polypeptide was purified from a crude surface peptide fraction obtained from the mutant by using precipitation in 60% saturated ammonium sulfate, followed by dialysis, lyophilization, and preparative polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Figure 3(A,B) shows that the isolated polypeptide is estimated to have a size of 24 kD as determined by analytical polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Figure 3(C,D) shows a western blot analysis of native proteins released from the cell wall of 1\41 8f2 by phage associated lysin C and illustrates that the 24 kD Spa polypeptide is part of a larger native protein having an estimated size of 50 kD.
In another embodiment, a Spa polypeptide isolated according to the present invention is used to identify and isolate peptide antigens containing opsonic =
epitopes comprised of contiguous amino acids present on the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide. One example is provided by SEQ. ID NO: 3. As used herein, "contiguous amino acids" is a sequence of amino acids which are identical to, or conservative variants of, a precise sequence of amino acids present on a Spa polypeptide.
The Spa 5 polypeptides of the present invention are isolated from a cell that expresses the polypeptide and which has a portion of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide exposed on the outside surface of the cell. "Exposed on the outer surface"
means the polypeptide has a portion extended through the outer membrane of the cell which is accessible to a proteases and/or to interaction with the major histocompatibility 10 complex of an animal without having to rupture the cell. As used herein, the "N-terminus" is a sequence of about 240 amino acids or less that is present at or near the N
terminal of a polypeptide that can be obtained after proteolytic cleavage of polypeptides exposed on the surface of a cell. Therefore, the term includes an N-terminus of a proteolytic fragment as well as an N-terminus of a native protein when the N-terminus 15 of the native protein is exposed on the outer surface of a cell.
The N terminus of the Spa polypeptides of the present invention undoubtedly contains shorter peptide sequences that form opsonic epitopes because it is highly unlikely that opsonic antibodies recognize an epitope requiring the entire sequence of a polypeptide exposed to the outer surface of a cell. It is well known in the 20 art that an epitope may consist of peptide sequence as small as 8 amino acids which is generally considered by those skilled in the art to be the lower size limit for a peptide to be capable of forming an epitope that can interact with the major histocompatibility complex (MHC). Therefore, another aspect of this invention includes polypeptides and peptides containing opsonic epitopes comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids from the N-terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide. Identification of an opsonic amino acid sequence on the Spa polypeptides of the present invention may be accomplished by a variety of methods.
One method is to use chemical degradation of Spa to obtain peptide fragments and to test those peptide fragments or to synthetic peptides containing contiguous amino acids derived therefrom, for the presence of opsonic epitopes. In one practice of this invention, Edman degradation of the purified Spa polypeptide is used to provide a precise amino acid sequence for the N-terminus of the isolated polypeptide.
In another embodiment, Edman degradation is used to provide a precise amino acid sequence of an internal fragment prepared by enzymatic or chemical digestion of the isolated polypeptide. For example, Edman degradation of the Spa polypeptide isolated from the M18S2 mutant described above provided two amino acid sequences: a first sequence of 23 amino acids comprising a portion of the N-terminus of the isolated polypeptide and a second sequence of 10 amino acids comprising a portion of an N-terminus of an internal peptide fragment that was isolated after LysC
digestion of the polypeptide. The sequence of the 23 amino acid N-terminus is provided in SEQ.
ID
NO: 3 and shown in Example 4 along with the sequence of the internal fragment.
While not wishing to be bound by speculation, it is believed that SEQ. ID NO:
represents the N-terininus of the native Spa protein, however, the possibility that the native Spa protein contains additional amino acids at the N-terminus cannot be excluded. A comparison to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 shows that the native protein is processed from a preprotein by removal of a residue signal sequence.
When smaller peptide fragments or sequences are isolated from a Spa polypeptide, the isolated peptide fragments or sequences can be identified as containing an opsonic epitope by modification of the methods described above for identifying an opsonic polypeptide. The only modification required is use of a separation system suitable for the separation of smaller peptides. High percentage polyacrylamide gels and HPLC techniques are particularly suited for separating smaller peptides and such techniques are readily accessible to those skilled in the art. Alternatively, synthetic peptides can by made which are contiguous with the amino acid sequences deduced by Edman degradation. Therefore, embodiments of the present invention include peptides containing opsonic epitopes comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of a Spa polypeptide.
In one embodiment, a peptide containing 23 contiguous amino acids of SEQ. ID NO: 3 which represents the N terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide is chemically synthesized. That peptide, herein designated spal8(1-23) is shown to be opsonic by first chemically coupling it to a suitable carrier such as KLH and using it to raise antisera in rabbits. Another antiserum is made against the intact Spa polypeptide for comparison. These antisera are then used to show cross reactivity with antisera prepared from crude surface peptides obtained from an M-negative mutant such as Ml 8Q and to further show the presence of opsonic epitopes using the opsonization assays described above. Results demonstrate that the 23 amino acid peptide of the N
terminus of the Spa polypeptide contains an opsonic epitope having a similar opsonizing capacity as that obtained from the whole isolated polypeptide and from the crude surface peptide fraction. Western blotting also shows that antisera to the purified protein and the 23 amino acid peptide does not bind to an M protein such as M18.
Results further show that the 23 amino acid peptide and isolated Spa polypeptide produce antisera capable of providing opsonic protection against the parent M18 strain, the mutant strain and other serotypes of Streptococcus, while antisera prepared against M protein from the parent strain is only able to provide opsonic protection against the parent strain. (See Examples 5 and 6.) While determining a precise amino acid sequence for an isolated Spa polypeptide or peptide epitopes contained therein is a preferred practice of this invention, it is not necessary to structurally define the isolated polypeptide at the sequence level to obtain the Spa polypeptides provided herein. The aforementioned description provides a method useful for isolating Spa polypeptides from any Streptococcus source, particularly from group A Streptococci. As is evident from the foregoing description, a Spa polypeptide is a polypeptide product having particular functional characteristics that fulfill requirements of the method and which are thereby isolated by practice of the method. To summarize, a Spa polypeptide is a polypeptide product obtained from a Streptococcus species which is displayed on the outer surface of a Streptococcus bacterium, and which contains antigenic epitopes other than the epitopes contained on an M protein. These epitopes represent opsonic antigens that do not cross react with antisera prepared against M-protein and which are capable of providing opsonic protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. These characteristics are found in a polypeptide isolated according to the practices described in this invention.
More particularly, this invention provides a method for identifying and isolating a non M protein Spa polypeptide of a Streptococcus species that elicits opsonic antibodies protective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. The method includes the steps 1) producing a virulent mutant of the Streptococcus species that does not express an M protein; 2) obtaining antisera against a crude surface polypeptide fraction obtained from the mutant; 3) determining that the antisera contains opsonic antibodies that do not cross react with M protein and which provide opsonic protection against the mutant; 4) separating polypeptides in the extract to obtain isolated polypeptide fractions; 5) screening the isolated polypeptide fractions with antisera containing opsonic antibodies to identify Spa polypeptides that contain opsonic epitopes; 6) purifying the polypeptide identified as having opsonic epitopes;
and 7) testing the purified polypeptides to determine that they elicit opsonic antibodies that are protective against multiple serotypes of Streptococci.
Therefore, another embodiment of this invention includes Spa polypeptides isolated according to this method. The skilled artisan will immediately recognize that this method enables the isolation of a variety of Spa polypeptides from a variety of Streptococcus species. Thus, for example, while the Spa polypeptide isolated from an M18 mutant exemplified in one practice of this invention is protective against at least three serotypes of Streptococci (See Example 6) other Spa polypeptides isolated from other Streptococci can be isolated that are protective against other serotypes of Streptococci.
Nucleic Acids Another aspect of the present invention is isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes a Streptococcus Spa polypeptide.
This aspect of the invention pertains to isolated nucleic sequences encoding a Spa polypeptide (i.e. a spa gene) as well as those sequences readily derived from isolated nucleic molecules such as for example complementary sequences, reverse sequences and complements of reverse of sequences.
In one embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is comprised of a sequence selected from SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4, a complement of SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4 or variants thereof. Variants of the nucleic acid sequences include variants selected from sequences that encode the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 which are degenerate to SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4 because of the genetic code; sequences that encode a polypeptide which has conservative amino acid substitutions to the polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145, or a sequence that encodes a polypeptide that is at least 50%
identical to SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. In still another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence that hybridizes to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules under conditions of high stringency.
Another embodiment includes isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes an opsonic epitope form a Spa polypeptide. A related aspect of the nucleic acid sequences provided herein include nucleic acid molecules encoding an opsonic epitope and further encoding a fusion polypeptide wherein the fusion polypeptide contains the opsonic epitope fused to at least one other polypeptide sequence.
In one embodiment, the other peptide sequence includes a tag sequence that facilitates isolation of the fusion polypeptide from a cellular extract. In another embodiment the other peptide sequence is a carrier protein.
A related embodiment to the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules includes a vector comprising those nucleic acid molecules operably linked to a promoter so that the vector expresses a polypeptide encoded by the isolated nucleic acid when the vector is introduced into a host cell. In another embodiment, the invention provides a host cell carrying such a vector.
As used herein, a spa gene is a Streptococcus gene or nucleic acid variant thereof, that encodes at least 100 amino acids of a Spa polypeptide including for example, the isolated nucleic acid of SEQ. ID NOS: 1 or 4, a nucleic acid that encodes a 24kDa Spa polypeptide or a nucleic acid that encodes a native Spa protein of about 50 5 kDa. One example of part of a spa gene is set forth in Figure 4, and in SEQ ID NOS:1-2 which provides a nucleotide and amino acid sequence from one spa gene isolated from a Type 18 Streptococcus. Another example is set forth in Figure 5 that shows a full-length nucleic acid sequence according to SEQ ID NO: 4 that encodes an amino acid sequence starting at nucleotide 145. These represent full-length spa sequences and 10 that include a signal peptide of 37 residues encoded by nucleotides 145-255 of the pol)mucleotide of Figure 5 that is cleaved to produce a mature spa protein that starts at nucleotide 256.
Another aspect of the isolated spa nucleic acids of this invention includes fragments of isolated sequences. As used herein, a "fragment" of an isolated 15 spa gene includes any nucleic acid sequence comprising at least 12 nucleotides from an isolated spa gene or a variant of least 12 nucleotides that hybridizes to an isolated spa gene under conditions of moderate or high stringency. Such sequences are useful for a variety of purposes including PCR primers for isolating additional spa sequences or variants thereof from other Streptococci. Another typical use is for recombinant 20 expression of a peptide or polypeptide comprised of epitopes present on a native Spa polypeptide.
Also provided herein are nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides useful as probes and primers for identifying or obtaining Spa sequences. More specifically, a nucleic acid fragment or oligonucleotide that comprise at least 12 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:1 or 4 are particularly useful for hybridization to Spa nucleic acid sequences and/or for primers that can be used to amplify the same.
More particular embodiments include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides where the length is at least 18, 24, 30, 50 or greater than 50 nucleotides.
Complements of the above sequences are also included.
Another embodiment of nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides of this invention include those that encode a peptide epitope that can be detected, for example, by the ability to specifically bind to a Spa antibody or which can be used to elicit an immune response in an animal. Useful peptide epitopes are those capable of eliciting antibodies that specifically bind to the peptide or polypeptide comprised of the Spa amino acid residues, or that are capable of eliciting a T-cell response to the same.
Peptide sequences of 8 or more amino acids are useful in this regard since it is generally understood by those skilled in the art that 8 amino acids is the lower size limit for a peptide to interact with the major histocompatibility complex (MHC). More preferred embodiments include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding at least 10, or 20 amino acids.
Accordingly, the present invention provides nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding a peptide comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the sequence according to SEQ ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. Particular embodiments of this aspect include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding a peptide comprised of at least 10, 15, or 20 amino acids. Preferred embodiments include nucleic acid fragments wherein the encoded peptide comprises sequences from the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide, and more particularly, sequences that encode opsonic epitopes.
These include for example, sequences encoding peptides contained within SEQ ID
NO:
2 or 3, or from an N-terminus of an internally located peptide isolated after cleavage of a larger Spa polypeptide such as for example, the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
The invention also provides nucleic acids useful for modulating or inhibiting the expression of a Spa polypeptide in a cell. More specifically, the invention provides for ribozymes that cleaves RNA encoding the aforementioned Spa polypeptides and for antisense molecules that bind to such an RNA. This includes nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes such a ribozyme or antisense molecule and vectors comprising the same. Particular embodiments include . .
Peptide sequences of 8 or more amino acids are useful in this regard since it is generally understood by those skilled in the art that 8 amino acids is the lower size limit for a peptide to interact with the major histocompatibility complex (MHC). More preferred embodiments include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding at least 10, or 20 amino acids.
Accordingly, the present invention provides nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding a peptide comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of the sequence according to SEQ ID NO:2 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. Particular embodiments of this aspect include nucleic acid fragments or oligonucleotides encoding a peptide comprised of at least 10, 15, or 20 amino acids. Preferred embodiments include nucleic acid fragments wherein the encoded peptide comprises sequences from the N-terminus of a Spa polypeptide, and more particularly, sequences that encode opsonic epitopes.
These include for example, sequences encoding peptides contained within SEQ ID
NO:
2 or 3, or from an N-terminus of an internally located peptide isolated after cleavage of a larger Spa polypeptide such as for example, the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
The invention also provides nucleic acids useful for modulating or inhibiting the expression of a Spa polypeptide in a cell. More specifically, the invention provides for ribozymes that cleaves RNA encoding the aforementioned Spa polypeptides and for antisense molecules that bind to such an RNA. This includes nucleic acid molecules comprising a sequence that encodes such a ribozyme or antisense molecule and vectors comprising the same. Particular embodiments include . .
vectors wherein the aforementioned ribozyme or antisense nucleic acid is operably linked to a promoter. Typical embodiments of these vectors are selected from the group consisting of plasmid vectors, phage vectors, herpes simplex viral vectors, adenoviral vectors, adenovirus-associated viral vectors and retroviral vectors.
Host cells comprising the above vectors are also included.
Ribozymes are provided which are capable of inhibiting expression of Spa RNA. As used herein, "ribozymes" are intended to include RNA molecules that contain anti-sense sequences for specific recognition, and an RNA-cleaving enzymatic activity. The catalytic strand cleaves a specific site in a target RNA at greater than stoichiometric concentration. A wide variety of ribozymes may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, the hammerhead ribozyme (for example, as described by Forster and Symons, Cell 48:211-220, 1987; Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 328:596-600, 1988; Walbot and Bruening, Nature 334:196, 1988;
Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334:585, 1988); the hairpin ribozyme (for example, as described by Haseloff et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,254,678, issued October 19, 1993 and Hempel et al., European Patent Publication No. 0 360 257, published March 26, 1990);
and Tetrahymena ribosomal RNA-based ribozymes (see Cech et al., U.S. Patent No.
4,987,071). Ribozymes of the present invention typically consist of RNA, but may also be composed of DNA, nucleic acid analogs (e.g., phosphorothioates), or chimerics thereof (e.g., DNA/RNA/RNA).
Antisense oligonucleotide molecules are provided which specifically inhibit expression of Spa nucleic acid sequences (see generally, Hirashima et al. in Molecular Biology of RNA:New Perspectives (M. Inouye and B. S. Dudock, eds., Academic Press, San Diego, p. 401); Oligonucleotides:Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (J.S. Cohen, ed., 1989 MacMillan Press, London); Stein and Cheng, Science 261:1004-1012, 1993; WO 95/10607; U.S. Patent No. 5,359,051; WO 92/06693; and EP-A2-612844). Briefly, such molecules are constructed such that they are complementary to, and able to form Watson-Crick base pairs with, a region of transcribed Spa mRNA sequence. The resultant double-stranded nucleic acid interferes with subsequent processing of the mRNA, thereby preventing protein synthesis (Example 6).
Within a related aspect, any of the aforementioned nucleic acids may include modified nucleotides. Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
It should be understood that spa genes include nucleic acid sequences encoding wild-type/native Spa polypeptides, as well as other variants (including alleles). Briefly, such variants may result from natural polymorphisms or be synthesized by recombinant methodology or chemical synthesis, and differ from wild-type polypeptides by one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or the like. Variants encompassing conservative amino acid substitutions include, for example, substitutions of one aliphatic amino acid for another, such as Ile, Val, Leu, or Ala or substitutions of one polar residue for another, such as between Lys and Arg, Glu and Asp, or Gln and Asn. Such substitutions are well known in the art to provide variants having similar physical properties and functional activities such as for example, the ability to elicit and cross react with similar antibodies. Other variants include nucleic acids sequences that encode a polypeptide having at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%
. , or 95% amino acid identity to SEQ ID NO:2, 3 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
Preferred embodiments are those having greater than 90% or 95% identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID NOS: 2 or 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, a nucleotide sequence encoding an Spa or a variant may differ from the native sequences presented herein due to codon degeneracies, nucleotide polymorphisms, or nucleotide substitutions, deletions or insertions.
While particular embodiments of such isolated nucleic acids are depicted in SEQ ID NOS:1 and 4 and Figures 4 and 5, within the context of the present invention, reference to one or more isolated nucleic acids includes variants of these sequences that are substantially similar in that they encode native or non native proteins, polypeptides or peptides with similar structure and function to the Spa polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
As used herein, the nucleotide sequence is deemed to be "substantially similar" if:
(a) the nucleotide sequence is derived from the coding region of a spa gene isolated from a Streptococcus (including, for example, portions of the sequence or allelic variations of the sequences discussed above) and contains a non-M protein epitope with substantially the same ability to elicit opsonic antibodies protective against Streptococci.
or (b) the nucleotide sequence is capable of hybridization to the nucleotide sequences of the present invention under high stringency (e.g., capable of selectively hybridizing to nucleotide sequences a spa gene at least 42 C overnight in the presence of salts and/or formamide at least as stringent as 6X SSC and 50% formamide); or (c) the nucleotide sequences are degenerate (i.e., sequences which code for the same amino acids using a different codon sequences) as a result of the genetic code to the nucleotide sequences defined in (a) or (b); or (d) is a complement of any of the sequences described in (a), (b) or (c).
Another aspect of the present invention is the use of isolated spa nucleotide sequences to produce recombinant proteins for immunizing an animal.
Therefore, the use of any length of nucleic acid disclosed by the present invention (preferably 24 nucleotides or longer) which encodes a polypeptide or fragment thereof of at least 8 contiguous amino acids which is capable of binding to the major histocompatibility complex and eliciting or enhancing an immunogenic response is 5 contemplated by this invention. Preferred embodiments include polypeptides or fragments thereof that elicit opsonic antibodies. Immunogenic response can be readily tested by known methods such as challenging a mouse or rabbit with polypeptides or fragments of interest and thereafter collecting antisera and determining if the antibody of interest is present. Other assays particularly useful for the detection of T-cell 10 responses include proliferation assays, T-cell cytotoxicity assays, assays for delayed hypersensitivity and assays for opsonization such as previously described. In determining whether an antibody specific for an antigen of interest is produced by the animal, many diagnostic tools are available, including for example, testing binding of antigen to antibodies contained in a sample antisera using conventional western 15 blotting, or using enzyme-linked immunoassays with a tag attached to the antigen of interest.
The isolated nucleic acids encoding Spa polypeptides according to this invention can be obtained using a variety of methods. For example, a nucleic acid molecule can be obtained from a cDNA or genomic expression library by screening 20 with an antibody or antibodies reactive with a Spa polypeptide (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, 1989; Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing, 1987).
Further, random-primed PCR can be employed (see, e.g., Methods in Enzymol. 254:275, 1995).
In addition, variations of random-primed PCR can also be used, especially when a 25 particular gene or gene family is desired. In one such method, one of the primers is a random primer and the other is a degenerate primer based on the amino acid sequence or nucleotide sequence encoding a Spa polypeptide. This method is exemplified for example, in Example 7 where a codon degenerate primer designed to bind to a sequence that encodes any one of several variants of a 23 amino acid N terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide was used to isolate a 346 nucleotide sequence of a spa gene which is depicted in Figure 4 and SEQ. ID NO: 1.
Other methods can also be used to obtain isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Spa polypeptide. For example, a nucleic acid molecule can be isolated by using the sequence information provided herein to synthesize a probe which can be labeled, such as with a radioactive label, enzymatic label, protein label, fluorescent label, or the like, and hybridized to a genomic library or a cDNA library constructed in a phage, plasmid, phagemid, or viral vectors designed for replication or expression in selected host cells (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (supra); Ausubel et al.
(supra)). DNA
representing RNA or genomic nucleic acid sequence can also be obtained by amplification using sets of primers complementary to 5' and 3' sequences of the isolated nucleic acid sequences provided in SEQ. ID NO: 1 or to variants thereof as described above. For ease of cloning, restriction sites can also be incorporated into the primers.
Variants (including alleles) of the isolated spa nucleic acid sequence provided herein can be readily obtained from natural variants (e.g., polymorphisms, mutants and other serotypes) either synthesized or constructed. Many methods have been developed for generating mutants (see generally Sambrook et al. (supra);
Ausubel et al. (supra)). Briefly, preferred methods for generating nucleotide substitutions utilize an oligonucleotide that spans the base or bases to be mutated and contains the mutated base or bases. The oligonucleotide is hybridized to complementary single stranded nucleic acid and second strand synthesis is primed from the oligonucleotide.
The double-stranded nucleic acid is prepared for transformation into host cells, such as E.
coli, other prokaryotes, yeast or other eukaryotes. Standard screening and vector growth protocols are used to identify mutant sequences and obtain high yields.
Similarly, deletions and/or insertions of spa genes can be constructed by any of a variety of known methods. For example, the gene can be digested with restriction enzymes and/or nucleases and be religated such that sequences are deleted or religated with additional sequence such that an insertion or large substitution is made.
Similarly, a variety of transposons and other insertional elements may be used to make recombinants having deletions and insertions Thus, in one example, a spa mutant containing a S2 insertional element in a spa gene can be made in a manner similar to the making of the Ml 8Q described above. Other means of generating variant sequences, known in the art, can be employed, for examples see Sambrook et al. (supra) and Ausubel et al. (supra). Moreover, verification of variant sequences is typically accomplished by restriction enzyme mapping, sequence analysis or hybridization.
Variants which encode a polypeptide that elicits an immunogenic response specific to a Spa polypeptide are particularly useful in the context of this invention.
As noted above, the present invention provides isolated or purified Spa polypeptides proteins and peptides as those terms have been previously defined herein.
In one aspect, these isolated or purified materials may be obtained from a host cell expressing a recombinant nucleic acid that encodes Spa polypeptides proteins or peptides which may be isolated from the host cell. The Spa polypeptides of the present invention can be purified by a variety of standard methods with or without a protease treatment or polyacrylamide electrophoresis step, and/or may be isolated from organisms other than Streptococci which have been engineered to express an isolated spa nucleic acid. For example, a Spa polypeptide of the present invention can be isolated by, among other methods, culturing suitable host and vector systems to produce a native Spa protein, polypeptide, fusion protein or peptide fusion using recombinant DNA methods (discussed further herein). Using these methods Spa may be engineered to be exported from the host cell, retained within the host cell, for example within inclusion bodies, or integrated into the surface of host cell as is the case for natural Spa expression in Streptococci. When engineered for export, a supernatant from a culture of the host cell can be used to isolate exported Spa polypeptides. When integrated into the surface, Spa polypeptides may be obtained by protease treatment to obtain a crude surface peptide fraction as previously described. When expressed in inclusion bodies, Spa proteins, fusion peptides and the like, can be obtained by a variety of purification procedures. For example, a Spa-containing extract can be applied to a suitable purification matrix such as a Spa antibody bound to a suitable support.
Alternatively, anion or cation exchange resins, gel filtration or affinity, hydrophobic or reverse phase chromatography may be employed in order to purify the protein. The Spa polypeptide can also be concentrated using commercially available protein concentration filters, such as an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit, or by vacuum dialysis.
In one example of isolating Spa polypeptides, proteins or peptides by recombinant methods, an isolated nucleic acid encoding a Spa protein, polypeptide, or peptide can be expressed as a histidine-tagged molecule, permitting purification on a nickel-chelating matrix. Alternatively, other tags may be used, including FLAG
and GST. The associated tag can then be removed in the last step of purification, for example, for certain vectors, His-tagged proteins may be incubated with thrombin, resulting in cleavage of a recognition sequence between the tag and the Spa polypeptide (e.g., pET vectors from Invitrogen).
It is well known in the art that certain vectors (e.g., pUC) can be used for producing multiple copies of a nucleotide molecule of interest as well as being useful for genetic manipulation techniques (e.g., site-directed mutagenesis). See Sambrook (supra). Of particular interest to this disclosure are expression vectors. The expression vector includes transcriptional promoter/enhancer elements operably linked to an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a Spa polypeptide. The expression vector may be composed of either deoxyribonucleic acids ("DNA"), ribonucleic acids ("RNA"), or a combination of the two (e.g., a DNA-RNA chimera). Optionally, the expression vector may include a polyadenylation sequence or one or more restriction sites.
Additionally, depending on the host cell chosen and the expression vector employed, other genetic elements such as an origin of replication, additional nucleic acid restriction sites, enhancers, sequences conferring inducibility of transcription, and genes encoding proteins suitable for use as selectable or identifiable markers, may also be incorporated into the expression vectors described herein.
The manipulation and expression of spa genes can be accomplished by culturing host cells containing an expression vector capable of expressing the spa genes. Such vectors or vector constructs include either synthetic or cDNA-derived nucleic acid molecules or genomic DNA fragments encoding the Spa polypeptides, which are operably linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements. Suitable regulatory elements within the expression vector can be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, viral, mammalian, insect, or plant genes. Selection of appropriate regulatory elements is dependent on the host cell chosen, and can be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present specification. Examples of regulatory elements include a transcriptional promoter and enhancer or RNA polymerase binding sequence, a transcriptional terminator, and a ribosomal binding sequence, including a translation initiation signal.
Nucleic acid molecules that encode any of the Spa protein, polypeptides, or peptides described above can be expressed by a wide variety of prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells, including bacterial, mammalian, yeast or other fungi, viral, insect, and plant cells. The selection of a host cell may also assist the production of post-transitionally modified Spa polypeptides, depending upon the desires of the user.
Methods for transforming or transfecting such cells to express nucleic acids are well known in the art (see, e.g., Itakura et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,704,362; Hinnen et al., PNAS USA 75:1929-1933, 1978; Murray et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,801,542; Upshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349; Hagen et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,784,950; Axel et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,399,216; Goeddel et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,766,075; and Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989; for plant cells see Czako and Marton, Plant Physiol. 104:1067-1071, 1994;
Paszkowski et al., Biotech. 24:387-392, 1992).
Bacterial host cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include but are not limited to, numerous strains of E. coli, as well as various strains of M
leprae, M. tuberculosis, M bovis, B. subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium, and various species within the genera Pseudomonas, Streptomyces, Streptococcus, and Staphylococcus, as well as many other bacterial species well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
Bacterial expression vectors preferably comprise a promoter, which functions in the host cell, one or more selectable phenotypic markers, and a bacterial origin of replication. Representative promoters include the 13-1actamase (penicillinase) and lactose promoter system (see Chang et al., Nature 275:615, 1978), the T7 RNA
polymerase promoter (Studier et al., Meth. Enzymol. /85:60-89, 1990), the lambda promoter (Elvin et al., Gene 87:123-126, 1990), the trp promoter (Nichols and Yanofsky, Meth. in Enzymology 101:155, 1983) and the tac promoter (Russell et al., Gene 20:231, 1982). Representative selectable markers include various antibiotic 5 resistance markers such as the kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes.
Many plasmids suitable for transforming host cells are well known in the art, including among others, pBR322 (see Bolivar et al., Gene 2:95, 1977), the pUC plasmids pUC18, pUC19, pUC118, pUC119 (see Messing, Meth. in Enzymology 101:20-77, 1983;
Vieira and Messing, Gene /9:259-268, 1982), and pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18a, and Bluescript 10 M13 (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). In one particular embodiment of this invention exemplified in Example 7, a 346 bp isolated nucleic acid encoding a Spa polypeptide was ligated into a pCR2.1-TOPO vector and expressed in E. coli.
Fungal host cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include, among others, Saccharomyces pombe, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the genera Pichia or 15 Kluyveromyces and various species of the genus Aspergillus (McKnight et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,935,349). Suitable expression vectors for yeast and fungi include, among others, YCp50 (ATCC No. 37419) for yeast, and the amdS cloning vector pV3 (Turnbull, Bio/Technology 7:169, 1989), YRp7 (Struhl et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
USA 76:1035-1039, 1978), YEp13 (Broach et al., Gene 8:121-133, 1979), pJDB249 and 20 pJDB219 (Beggs, Nature 275:104-108, 1978) and derivatives thereof.
Preferred promoters for use in yeast include promoters from yeast glycolytic genes (Hitzeman et al., I Biol. Chem. 255:12073-12080, 1980; Alber and Kawasaki, J. Mol. App!. Genet. /:419-434, 1982) or alcohol dehydrogenase genes (Young et al., in Genetic Engineering of Microorganisms for Chemicals, Hollaender et 25 al. (eds.), p. 355, Plenum, New York, 1982; Ammerer, Meth. Enzymol. /0/:192-201, 1983). Examples of useful promoters for fungi vectors include those derived from Aspergillus nidulans glycolytic genes, such as the adh3 promoter (McKnight et al., EMBO J. 4:2093-2099, 1985). The expression units may also include a transcriptional terminator. An example of a suitable terminator is the adh3 terminator (McKnight et 30 al., ibid., 1985).
As with bacterial vectors, the yeast vectors will generally include a selectable marker, which may be one of any number of genes that exhibit a dominant phenotype for which a phenotypic assay exists to enable transformants to be selected.
Preferred selectable markers include those that complement host cell auxotrophy, provide antibiotic resistance or enable a cell to utilize specific carbon sources, and include leu2 (Broach et al., ibid.), ura3 (Botstein et al., Gene 8:17, 1979), or his3 (Struhl et al., ibid.). Another suitable selectable marker is the cat gene, which confers chloramphenicol resistance on yeast cells.
Techniques for transforming fungi are well known in the literature, and have been described, for instance, by Beggs (ibid.), Hinnen et al.(Proc. NatL
Acad. Sci.
USA 75:1929-1933, 1978), Yelton et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8/:1740-1747, 1984), and Russell (Nature 301:167-169, 1983). The genotype of the host cell may contain a genetic defect that is complemented by the selectable marker present on the expression vector. Choice of a particular host and selectable marker is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present specification.
Protocols for the transformation of yeast are also well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, transformation may be readily accomplished either by preparation of spheroplasts of yeast with DNA (see Hinnen et al., PNAS USA
75:1929, 1978) or by treatment with alkaline salts such as LiC1 (see Itoh et al., J.
Bacteriology 153:163, 1983). Transformation of fungi may also be carried out using polyethylene glycol as described by Cullen et al. (Bio/Technology 5:369, 1987).
Viral vectors include those that comprise a promoter that directs the expression of an isolated nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Spa polypeptide as described above. A wide variety of promoters may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, promoters such as MoMLV LTR, RSV
LTR, Friend MuLV LTR, adenoviral promoter (Ohno et al., Science 265: 781-784, 1994), neomycin phosphotransferase promoter/enhancer, late parvovirus promoter (Koering et al., Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457-463, 1994), Herpes TK promoter, SV40 promoter, metallothionein ha gene enhancer/promoter, cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter, and the cytomegalovirus immediate late promoter. The promoter may also be a tissue-specific promoter (see e.g., WO 91/02805; EP 0,415,731; and WO
90/07936).
In addition to the above-noted promoters, other viral-specific promoters (e.g., retroviral promoters (including those noted above, as well as others such as HIV
promoters), hepatitis, herpes (e.g., EBV), and bacterial, fungal or parasitic-specific (e.g., malarial-specific) promoters may be utilized in order to target a specific cell or tissue which is infected with a virus, bacteria, fungus or parasite.
Thus, Spa polypeptides of the present invention may be expressed from a variety of viral vectors, including for example, herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,288,641), adenoviral vectors (e.g., WO 94/26914, WO 93/9191; Kolls et al., PNAS 91(1):215-219, 1994; Kass-Eisler etal., PNAS 90(24):11498-502, 1993;
Guzman et al., Circulation 88(6):2838-48, 1993; Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 73(6):1202-1207, 1993; Zabner et al., Cell 75(2):207-216, 1993; Li et al., Hum Gene Ther.
4(4):403-409, 1993; Caillaud et al., Eur. J. Neurosci. 5(10):1287-1291, 1993; Vincent et al., Nat.
Genet. 5(2):130-134, 1993; Jaffe et al., Nat. Genet. 1(5):372-378, 1992; and Levrero et al., Gene 10/(2):195-202, 1991), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al., PNAS 90(22):10613-10617, 1993), baculovirus vectors, parvovirus vectors (Koering et al., Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457-463, 1994), pox virus vectors (Panicali and Paoletti, PNAS 79:4927-4931, 1982; and Ozaki et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm.
193(2):653-660, 1993), and retroviruses (e.g., EP 0,415,731; WO 90/07936; WO
91/0285, WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; U.S. Patent No. 5,219,740; WO
93/11230; WO 93/10218. Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
Mammalian cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include, among others: PC12 (ATCC No. CRL1721), N1E-115 neuroblastoma, SK-N-BE(2)C
neuroblastoma, SHSY5 adrenergic neuroblastoma, NS20Y and NG108-15 murine cholinergic cell lines, or rat F2 dorsal root ganglion line, COS (e.g., ATCC
No. CRL
1650 or 1651), BHK (e.g., ATCC No. CRL 6281; BHK 570 cell line (deposited with the American Type Culture Collection under accession number CRL 10314), CHO
(ATCC No. CCL 61), HeLa (e.g., ATCC No. CCL 2), 293 (ATCC No. 1573; Graham et al., J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72, 1977) and NS-1 cells. Other mammalian cell lines may be used within the present invention, including Rat Hep I (ATCC No. CRL 1600), Rat Hep II (ATCC No. CRL 1548), TCMK (ATCC No. CCL 139), Human lung (ATCC
No. CCL 75.1), Human hepatoma (ATCC No. HTB-52), Hep G2 (ATCC No. HB
8065), Mouse liver (ATCC No. CCL 29.1), NCTC 1469 (ATCC No. CCL 9.1), SP2/0-Ag14 (ATCC No. 1581), HIT-T15 (ATCC No. CRL 1777), and RINm 5AHT2B
(Orskov and Nielson, FEBS 229(1):175-178, 1988).
Mammalian expression vectors for use in carrying out the present invention include a promoter capable of directing the transcription of a cloned gene or cDNA. Preferred promoters include viral promoters and cellular promoters.
Viral promoters include the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter (Boshart et al., Cell 41:521-530, 1985), cytomegalovirus immediate late promoter, SV40 promoter (Subramani et al., MoL Cell. Biol. 1:854-864, 1981), MMTV LTR, RSV LTR, metallothionein-1, adenovirus El a.
Cellular promoters include the mouse metallothionein-1 promoter (Palmiter et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,579,821), action promoters, a mouse VH promoter (Bergman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
81:7041-7045, 1983; Grant et al., Nucl. Acids Res. /5:5496, 1987) and a mouse VH
promoter (Loh et al., Cell 33:85-93, 1983). The choice of promoter will depend, at least in part, upon the level of expression desired or the recipient cell line to be transfected.
Such expression vectors can also contain a set of RNA splice sites located downstream from the promoter and upstream from the DNA sequence encoding the peptide or protein of interest. Preferred RNA splice sites may be obtained from adenovirus and/or immunoglobulin genes. Also contained in the expression vectors is a polyadenylation signal located downstream of the coding sequence of interest.
Suitable polyadenylation signals include the early or late polyadenylation signals from (Kaufman and Sharp, ibid.), the polyadenylation signal from the Adenovirus 5 E
region and the human growth hormone gene terminator (DeNoto et al., Nuc. Acids Res.
9:3719-3730, 1981). The expression vectors may include a noncoding viral leader sequence, such as the Adenovirus 2 tripartite leader, located between the promoter and the RNA splice sites. Preferred vectors may also include enhancer sequences, such as the SV40 enhancer. Expression vectors may also include sequences encoding the adenovirus VA RNAs. Suitable expression vectors can be obtained from commercial sources (e.g., Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
Vector constructs comprising isolated spa sequences can be introduced into cultured mammalian cells by, for example, calcium phosphate-mediated transfection (Wigler et al., Cell 14:725, 1978; Corsaro and Pearson, Somatic Cell Genetics 7:603, 1981; Graham and Van der Eb, Virology 52:456, 1973), electroporation (Neumann et al., EMBO /:841-845, 1982), or DEAE-dextran mediated transfection (Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY, 1987). See generally Sambrook et al. (supra). To identify cells that have stably integrated the cloned DNA, a selectable marker is generally introduced into the cells along with the gene or cDNA of interest. Preferred selectable markers for use in cultured mammalian cells include genes that confer resistance to drugs, such as neomycin, hygromycin, and methotrexate. The selectable marker may be an amplifiable selectable marker. Preferred amplifiable selectable markers are the DHFR
gene and the neomycin resistance gene. Selectable markers are reviewed by Thilly (Mammalian Cell Technology, Butterworth Publishers, Stoneham, MA).
Mammalian cells containing a suitable vector are allowed to grow for a period of time, typically 1-2 days, to begin expressing the DNA sequence(s) of interest.
Drug selection is then applied to select for growth of cells that are expressing the selectable marker in a stable fashion. For cells that have been transfected with an amplifiable, selectable marker the drug concentration may be increased in a stepwise manner to select for increased copy number of the cloned sequences, thereby increasing expression levels. Cells expressing the introduced sequences are selected and screened for production of the protein of interest in the desired form or at the desired level. Cells that satisfy these criteria can then be cloned and scaled up for production.
Numerous insect host cells known in the art can also be useful within the present invention, in light of the subject specification. For example, the use of baculoviruses as vectors for expressing heterologous DNA sequences in insect cells has been reviewed by Atkinson et al. (Pestic. Sci. 28:215-224,1990).
Numerous plant host cells known in the art can also be useful within the present invention, in light of the subject specification. For example, the use of Agrobacterium rhizogenes as vectors for expressing genes in plant cells has been reviewed by Sinkar et al., J. Biosci. (Bangalore) 11:47-58, 1987.
5 Upon expression of the Spa polypeptides or fragments thereof in the host cells, the polypeptide or peptide may be preliminarily released and/or isolated from the host cell utilizing methods such as those discussed previously herein.
As noted above, depending on the host cell in which one desires to express a Spa polypeptide, an isolated nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide is 10 introduced into an expression vector comprising a promoter that is active in the host cell. Other components of the expression unit such as transcribed but not translated sequences at the ends of the coding region may also be selected according to the particular host utilized. In some cases, it may be necessary to introduce artificially an intervening sequence to ensure high level expression. Expression can be monitored by 15 SDS-PAGE and staining, if expression levels are sufficiently high.
Additionally, if the protein is produced with a tag, detection by anti-tag antibody can be carried out and if produced with no tag, detection by anti-Spa antibody that does not recognize homologous proteins of the host may be employed. Further, any method known in the art for protein identification may be utilized to this end (e.g., a high resolution 20 electrophoretic method or 2D electrophoresis).
III. Antibodies In another aspect, the proteins of the present invention are utilized to prepare antibodies that specifically bind to an epitope present on Spa polypeptides Accordingly, the present invention also provides such antibodies. In preferred 25 embodiments the antibodies bind to specific opsonic epitopes present on a Spa polypeptide. In a typical embodiment, the antibodies do not bind to epitopes present on M-proteins of a Streptococcus species. Within the context of the present invention, the term "antibodies" includes polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, fragments thereof such as F(ab')2 and Fab fragments, and recombinantly or synthetically produced antibodies. Such antibodies incorporate the variable regions that permit a monoclonal antibody to specifically bind, which means an antibody able to selectively bind to a peptide produced from a spa gene of this invention. The affinity of a monoclonal antibody or antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Scatchard, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 51:660-672, 1949).
Polyclonal antibodies can be readily generated by one of ordinary skill in the art from a variety of warm-blooded animals such as horses, cows, goats, sheep, dogs, chickens, turkeys, rabbits, mice, or rats. Briefly, the desired protein or peptide is utilized to immunize the animal through intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraocular, or subcutaneous injections. The immunogenicity of the protein or peptide of interest may be increased through the use of an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Following several booster immunizations, small samples of serum are collected and tested for reactivity to the desired protein or peptide.
Particularly preferred polyclonal antisera give a signal that is at least three times greater than background. Once the titer of the animal has reached a plateau in terms of its reactivity to the protein, larger quantities of polyclonal antisera may be readily obtained either by weekly bleedings, or by exsanguinating the animal.
Monoclonal antibodies can also be readily generated using well-known techniques (see U.S. Patent Nos. RE 32,011, 4,902,614, 4,543,439, and 4,411,993; see also Monoclonal Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Plenum Press, Kennett, McKearn, and Bechtol (eds.), 1980, and Antibodies: A
Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Briefly, in one embodiment, a subject animal such as a rat or mouse is injected with a desired protein or peptide. If desired, various techniques may be utilized in order to increase the resultant immune response generated by the protein, in order to develop greater antibody reactivity. For example, the desired protein or peptide may be coupled to another carrier protein such as ovalbumin or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), or through the use of adjuvants such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
The present invention also provides fusion polypeptides or proteins containing a portion of a Spa polypeptide. Fusion proteins are useful for several purposes, including the combining of two or more catalytic functions from separate polypeptide sources, and for raising antibodies to epitopes. For raising antibodies to epitopes, the fusion protein typically contains a peptide epitope of a Spa of at least 8, 10, 15 or 20 amino acids fused to a protein that enhances an immune response to the epitope. A typical protein for this purpose is KLH. Therefore, another aspect of the present invention provides a non-naturally occurring fusion protein, comprising a first Spa polypeptide segment comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of a Spa polypeptide or variant described above, fused in-frame to a second polypeptide segment. More preferred embodiments include Spa polypeptide segments of at least 10, 15 or 20 amino acids. The second polypeptide segment may optionally comprise another portion of the Spa polypeptide that is not naturally adjacent to the first segment, or comprise sequences from a non-Spa polypeptide. Also provided are nucleic acids and vectors encoding the aforementioned fusion proteins and host cells carrying the same.
Use of carrier proteins,fusion proteins or linkers is particularly advantageous when antibody is to be raised against a peptide antigen carrying an opsonic epitope One example of coupling to a carrier protein is shown in Example 5 where a synthetic 23 amino acid peptide comprising an N-terminus of a Spa polypeptides was linked to KLH in order to produces antibodies against an opsonic epitope contained within the peptide. Other suitable carrier proteins include but are not limited to tetanus toxoid, diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin, hen egg lysozyme, gelatin, bovine gamma globulin, B subunit of cholera toxin, B subunit of E.
coil labile toxin, and flagellin polymer. Typically, linking a Spa epitope to a carrier protein will usually include an in frame fusion of the peptide through a linker amino acid sequence of at least 2 amino acids in length. More typically the linker is 7 to 35 amino acids, and most typically about 7 to 15 amino acids wherein 2 to 7 of the linker amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids. The initial elicitation of an immune response may preferably be through intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intranasal, oral, or subcutaneous routes.
Between one and three weeks after the initial immunization, the animal may be reimmunized. The animal may then be test bled and the serum tested for binding to the desired antigen using assays as described above. Additional immunizations may also be accomplished until the animal has reached a plateau in its reactivity to the desired protein or peptide. The animal may then be given a final boost of the desired protein or peptide, and three to four days later sacrificed. At this time, the spleen and lymph nodes may be harvested and disrupted into a single cell suspension by passing the organs through a mesh screen or by rupturing the spleen or lymph node membranes which encapsulate the cells. Within one embodiment the red cells are subsequently lysed by the addition of a hypotonic solution, followed by immediate return to isotonicity.
Within another embodiment, suitable cells for preparing monoclonal antibodies are obtained through the use of in vitro immunization techniques.
Briefly, an animal is sacrificed, and the spleen and lymph node cells are removed as described above. A single cell suspension is prepared, and the cells are placed into a culture containing a form of the protein or peptide of interest that is suitable for generating an immune response as described above. Subsequently, the lymphocytes are harvested and fused as described below.
Cells that are obtained through the use of in vitro immunization or from an immunized animal as described above may be immortalized by transfection with a virus such as the Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV). (See Glasky and Reading, Hybridoma 8(4):377-389, 1989.) Alternatively, within a preferred embodiment, the harvested spleen and/or lymph node cell suspensions are fused with a suitable myeloma cell in order to create a "hybridoma" which secretes monoclonal antibodies. Suitable myeloma lines are preferably defective in the construction or expression of antibodies, and are additionally syngeneic with the cells from the immunized animal. Many such myeloma cell lines are well known in the art and may be obtained from sources such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Maryland (see Catalogue of Cell Lines & Hybridomas, 6th ed., ATCC, 1988). Representative myeloma lines include: for humans, UC 729-6 (ATCC No. CRL 8061), MC/CAR-Z2 (ATCC
No. CRL 8147), and SKO-007 (ATCC No. CRL 8033); for mice, SP2/0-Ag14 (ATCC
No. CRL 1581), and P3X63Ag8 (ATCC No. TIB 9); and for rats, Y3-Ag1.2.3 (ATCC
No. CRL 1631), and YB2/0 (ATCC No. CRL 1662). Particularly preferred fusion lines include NS-1 (ATCC No. TIB 18) and P3X63 -Ag 8.653 (ATCC No. CRL 1580), which may be utilized for fusions with either mouse, rat, or human cell lines.
Fusion between the myeloma cell line and the cells from the immunized animal can be accomplished by a variety of methods, including the use of polyethylene glycol (PEG) (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane, supra) or electrofusion. (See Zimmerman and Vienken, I Membrane Biol. 67:165-182, 1982.) Following the fusion, the cells are placed into culture plates containing a suitable medium, such as RPMI 1640 or DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Medium, JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, Kan.). The medium may also contain additional ingredients, such as Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS, e.g., from Hyclone, Logan, Utah, or JRH Biosciences), thymocytes that were harvested from a baby animal of the same species as was used for immunization, or agar to solidify the medium.
Additionally, the medium should contain a reagent which selectively allows for the growth of fused spleen and myeloma cells. Particularly preferred is the use of HAT medium (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.).
After about seven days, the resulting fused cells or hybridomas may be screened in order to determine the presence of antibodies which recognize the desired antigen.
Following several clonal dilutions and reassays, hybridoma producing antibodies that bind to the protein of interest can be isolated.
Other techniques may also be utilized to construct monoclonal antibodies. (See Huse et al., "Generation of a Large Combinational Library of the Immunoglobulin Repertoire in Phage Lambda," Science 246:1275-1281, 1989; see also Sastry et al., "Cloning of the Immunological Repertoire in Escherichia coli for Generation of Monoclonal Catalytic Antibodies: Construction of a Heavy Chain Variable Region-Specific cDNA Library," Proc. NatL Acad. Sci. USA 86:5728-5732, 1989; see also Alting-Mees et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Expression Libraries:
A
Rapid Alternative to Hybridomas," Strategies in Molecular Biology 3:1-9, 1990;
these references describe a commercial system available from Stratagene, La Jolla, California, which enables the production of antibodies through recombinant techniques.) Briefly, mRNA is isolated from a B cell population and utilized to create heavy and light chain immunoglobulin cDNA expression libraries in the A, IMMUNOZAP(H) and XIMMUNOZAP(L) vectors. These vectors may be screened individually or co-expressed to form Fab fragments or antibodies (see Huse et al.
5 (supra); see also Sastry et al. (supra)). Positive plaques can subsequently be converted to a non-lytic plasmid which allows high level expression of monoclonal antibody fragments from E. co/i.
Similarly, antibodies can also be constructed utilizing recombinant DNA
techniques to incorporate the variable regions of a gene that encodes a specifically 10 binding antibody. The construction of these antibodies can be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art given the disclosure provided herein. (See Larrick et al., "Polymerase Chain Reaction Using Mixed Primers: Cloning of Human Monoclonal Antibody Variable Region Genes From Single Hybridoma Cells," Biotechnology 7:934-938, 1989; Riechmann et al., "Reshaping Human Antibodies for Therapy," Nature 15 332:323-327, 1988; Roberts et at., "Generation of an Antibody with Enhanced Affinity and Specificity for its Antigen by Protein Engineering," Nature 328:731-734, 1987;
Verhoeyen et at., "Reshaping Human Antibodies: Grafting an Antilysozyme Activity,"
Science 239:1534-1536, 1988; Chaudhary et al., "A Recombinant Immunotoxin Consisting of Two Antibody Variable Domains Fused to Pseudomonas Exotoxin,"
20 Nature 339:394-397, 1989; see also U.S. Patent No. 5,132,405 entitled "Biosynthetic Antibody Binding Sites.") Briefly, in one embodiment, DNA segments encoding the desired protein or peptide of interest-specific antigen binding domains are amplified from hybridomas that produce a specifically binding monoclonal antibody, and are inserted directly into the genome of a cell that produces human antibodies.
(See 25 Verhoeyen et al. (supra); see also Reichmann et al. (supra)). This technique allows the antigen-binding site of a specifically binding mouse or rat monoclonal antibody to be transferred into a human antibody. Such antibodies are preferable for therapeutic use in humans because they are not as antigenic as rat or mouse antibodies.
In an alternative embodiment, genes that encode the variable region from 30 a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody of interest are amplified using oligonucleotide primers for the variable region. These primers may be synthesized by one of ordinary skill in the art, or may be purchased from commercially available sources. For instance, primers for mouse and human variable regions including, among others, primers for VHa, VHb, VHc, VHd, CHI, VL and CL regions, are available from Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.). These primers may be utilized to amplify heavy or light chain variable regions, which may then be inserted into vectors such as IMMUNOZAPTm(H) or IMMUNOZAPTm(L) (Stratagene), respectively. These vectors may then be introduced into E. coli for expression. Utilizing these techniques, large amounts of a single-chain polypeptide containing a fusion of the VH and VL
domains may be produced (see Bird et al., Science 242:423-426, 1988).
Monoclonal antibodies and other antibodies can be produced in a number of host systems, including tissue cultures, bacteria, eukaryotic cells, plants and other host systems known in the art.
Once suitable antibodies or antibodies have been obtained, they may be isolated or purified by many techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (supra)). Suitable techniques include peptide or protein affinity columns, HPLC or RP-HPLC, purification on protein A or protein G columns, or any combination of these techniques. Within the context of the present invention, the term "isolated" as used to define antibodies or antibodies means "substantially free of other blood components."
The antibodies of the present invention have many uses. For example, antibodies can be utilized in flow cytometry to identify cells bearing such a protein.
Briefly, in order to detect the protein or peptide of interest on cells, the cells are incubated with a labeled monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to the protein of interest, followed by detection of the presence of bound antibody. Labels suitable for use within the present invention are well known in the art including, among others, flourescein isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), horse radish peroxidase (HRP), and colloidal gold. Particularly preferred for use in flow cytometry is FITC, which may be conjugated to purified antibody according to the method of Keltkamp in "Conjugation of Fluorescein Isothiocyanate to Antibodies. I. Experiments on the Conditions of Conjugation," Immunology /8:865-873, 1970. (See also Keltkamp, "Conjugation of Fluorescein Isothiocyanate to Antibodies. IL A Reproducible Method," Immunology /8:875-881, 1970; Goding, "Conjugation of Antibodies with Fluorochromes: Modification to the Standard Methods," J. Immunol. Methods 13:215-226, 1970.) The antibodies can also be used to target drugs against Streptococci, to diagnose infection by these bacteria, or for treating an infection caused thereby.
IV. Diagnostic Application of Spa Nucleotide Sequences Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of the spa gene in a biological sample. Such probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4 or a fragment thereof.
Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
Preferred probes bind with regions of the spa gene that have a low sequence similarity to comparable regions in other Streptococcal proteins. For example, suitable probes will bind with at least one portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 . As used herein, the term "portion" refers to at least eight or more nucleotides.
In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Spa RNA
species.
After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA
Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc.
1997)).
Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P
or 35S.
Alternatively, Spa RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols:
Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR
(Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc.
1998)).
Preferably, PCR primers are designed to amplify a portion of the spa gene that has a low sequence similarity to other Streptococcal proteins. As an illustration, primers having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ. ID NOS: 6 and 7 are suitable for amplifying a spa gene from several Streptococci. In addition suitable primers include those designed to amplify portions of a spa gene encoding an immunogenic epitope of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR
(RT-PCR). RT-PCR has been used to detect dissemination of prostate cancer cells to metastatic sites in prostate cancer patients (Moreno et at., Cancer Res.
52:6110, 1992;
Vessella et al., Proc. Am. Assoc. Can. Res. 33:2367, 1992; Olsson et al., Urologic Clinics of North America 24:367 (1997); Robbins, International Publication No.
WO
97/39139). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Spa primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
Briefly, a biological sample is obtained from a sample for RNA
preparation. If the test material contains a variety of biological materials, then the sample may be layered onto a Ficolle-Hypaque density gradient and centrifuged in order to separate some of the biological materials.
RNA may then be isolated from the sample using, for example, the gunadinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Spa antisense oligomers. Oligo-dT
primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences. Spa sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR
products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Spa probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of Spa expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al., J. Clin. Microbiol. 34:2985, 1996, Bekkaoui et al., Biotechniques 20:240, 1996). Alternative methods for detection of Spa sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Marshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,686,272 (1997), Dyer et al., I
Virol.
Methods 60:161, 1996, Ehricht et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 243:358, 1997, and Chadwick et al., J. ViroL Methods 70:59, 1998). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
5 Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)).
10 The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for spa gene expression. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4, or a fragment thereof, or nucleic acids encoding a peptide according to SEQ. ID NOS: 2, 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 15 or fragments thereof Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
Preferably, such a kit contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise one or more containers, in which one container comprises a Spa probe or primer, and a second container comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Spa sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A
kit will also comprise written material describing the use of such Spa probes and primers for detection of spa gene expression. The written material can be applied directly to a 25 container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
V. Diagnostic Application of Anti-Spa Antibodies The present invention further contemplates the use of anti-Spa antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Spa. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-Spa antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of Spa in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Spa and an anti-Spa antibody under conditions that promote binding between Spa and its antibody. Complexes of Spa and anti-Spa in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fe antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of Spa in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Spa bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled Spa.
Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Spa antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Spa antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Spa antibody.
Alternatively, the anti-Spa antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin).
Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, an anti-Spa antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Spa immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 125j, 1311, 35S and '4C.
Anti-Spa immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
Alternatively, anti-Spa immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Spa immunoconjugates of the present invention.
Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
Alternatively, anti-Spa immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Spa antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-Spa-enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include P-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-Spa antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art.
Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al., Clin. Chim.
Acta 70:1, 1976, Schurs et al., Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1, 1977, Shih et al., Int? J.
Cancer 46:1101, 1990, Stein et al., Cancer Res. 50:1330,1990), and Coligan, supra.
Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Spa antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al., "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc.
1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established (see, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 180-208, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc.
1996)).
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for spa genes. Such kits comprise one or more containers, in which one container comprises an anti-Spa antibody, or antibody fragment. A second container may comprise one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Spa antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit will also comprise written material describing the use of Spa antibodies and antibody fragments for detection of Spa protein. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
VI. Therapeutic compositions.
The discovery of a new protective antigen of group A Streptococci enables another aspect of this invention which is the provision of therapeutic compositions to protect against infections caused by group A Streptococci. As use In a typical embodiment, the therapeutic composition containing a Spa 15 antigen comprises an antigen that is protective against a multiple Streptococci serotypes. In a more typical embodiment the therapeutic composition contains an opsonic epitope that is cross protective against group A Streptococci including Type 28, Type 3, Type 18 Streptococci. Such a composition is expected to be considerably less complex than previous compositions comprised of M-protein or derivative thereof, for In this aspect, the present invention provides compositions and methods comprising one or more of the above-described Spa antigens or antibodies thereto in combination with one or more pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, binders or diluents. Compositions containing antigens can be used to elicit 5 or enhance an immune response in a recipient animal, which is preferably a human being, and preferably elicits or enhances a protective or partially protective immunity against Streptococcus, or against a host cell expressing a surface antigen comprised of a Spa antigen of the present invention. Compositions containing antibodies may be used to diagnose or treat infections caused by Streptococci.
10 Preferably, such carriers, adjuvants, binders or diluents are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. Ordinarily, the preparation of such compositions entails combining the an antigen or antibody of this invention with buffers, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, amino acids, carbohydrates including glucose, sucrose 15 or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione and other stabilizers and excipients. Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with nonspecific serum albumin are exemplary appropriate diluents. Examples of adjuvants include alum or aluminum hydroxide for humans.
It will be evident in light of the present specification to those in the art that the amount and frequency of administration can be optimized in clinical trials, and will depend upon such factors as the disease or disorder to be treated, the degree of immune inducement, enhancement, or protection required, and many other factors.
In one embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered orally, and a Spa antigen of the invention is taken up by cells, such as cells located in the 25 lumen of the gut. Alternatively, the therapeutic composition can be parenterally administrated via the subcutaneous route, or via other parenteral routes.
Other routes include buccal/sublingual, rectal, nasal, topical (such as transdermal and ophthalmic), vaginal, pulmonary, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraocular, intranasal or intravenous, or indirectly. The Spa compositions of the present invention can be 30 prepared and administered as a liquid solution, or prepared as a solid form (e.g., lyophilized) which can be administered in solid form or resuspended in a solution in conjunction with administration.
Depending upon the application, quantities of Spa antigen in the composition will vary generally from about 0.1 jig to 1000 mg, typically from about 111 g to 100 mg, more typically from about 10 jig to 10 mg, and usually from about 100 jig to 1 mg, in combination with the physiologically acceptable carrier, binder or diluent.
Booster immunizations can be given at 2-6 weeks intervals.
The Spa antigens of this invention may also be used with immunological carriers in conjugate vaccines. Preferably, a beneficial carrier includes another polypeptide that is has immunostimulent but does not have immunosuppressive effects.
Such carriers may be used to elicit an increased immune response to the conjugated molecule. The spa gene products of this invention may also be used as carriers (in conjugates or fusion proteins) in combination with other antigens so as to provide compositions providing further protection elicited by epitopes additional to those contained on Spa, for example, M protein polypeptides may.
A further aspect of the present invention is protection from Streptococcus infections by treatment of an animal, preferably an animal and most preferably a human with a therapeutic composition containing the Spa antigens or antibodies of the present invention. As used herein, "protection" means to prevent or to reduce the severity of a disease associated with a Streptococcus infection. In a typical practice, the Spa antigens of the present invention provide protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. In one embodiment, protection is provided against multiple stereotypes of group A Streptococci. The capacity for protection against multiple serotypes is illustrated for example in Table 5 (Example 6) where it is shown that a composition comprised of crude surface peptides containing a Spa polypeptide or an isolated Spa polypeptide from a Type 18 Streptococci elicited production of antisera that provided opsonic protection against Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28 Streptococci. In addition, Tables 3 and 4 (Example 5) show that antisera raised against the 23 amino acid N terminus of a Spa polypeptide displayed similar opsonization and bactericidal activity TO antisera against the crude peptides and isolated Spa polypeptides.
VII. Therapeutic Methods Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is therapeutic methods for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection that includes the step of administering to the animal at least one of the aforementioned therapeutic compositions. Typically, administering a therapeutic compositions containing Spa antigens elicits opsonic antibodies in the animal.
Similarly, administering a composition containing antibodies raised against Spa antigens will provide opsonic antibodies which facilitate a phagocytic responses in the animal. In a preferred embodiment, protection is provided against multiple serotypes of Streptococcus. In a related embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered by at least one of oral administration, intranasal administration, intramuscular vaccination, subcutaneous vaccination, or vascular vaccination. In another preferred embodiment, the therapeutic method is used with the human.
The compositions and methodologies described herein are suitable for a variety of uses. To this end, the following examples are presented for purposes of illustration, not limitation.
EXAMPLES
CONSTRUCTION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF AN M-NEGATIVE MUTANT (Ml 8) Bacterial strains. The parent Type 18 Streptococcal strain 87-282, was obtained from Dr. P. Patrick Cleary at the University of Minnesota. The M3 strain (3375) was provided by Dr. James Musser, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX.
The M28 strain (S2356) was from our laboratory collection.
The new Streptococcal protective antigen was discovered during studies of an M-negative mutant of Type 18 Streptococci. Briefly, as discussed in more detail below, the M-negative M18 strain was constructed by interrupting the emm18 gene with an a-element. Southern blot analyses of chromosomal DNA from the M18 and Ml strains that was probed with (Km2 and emm18 fragments and PCR analyses using primers from the emm gene and the Q-element revealed that there was a single copy of the a-element inserted ¨140 bp beyond the start codon of the emm18 gene.
A fragment of the emm18 gene was initially cloned by PCR using a forward primer that copied the 3' end of the emm18 gene and a reverse primer that was specific for this subfamily (SF 3) of emm-like genes. The purified PCR product was ligated into pKK223-3 and the insert was sequenced by standard methods. The intact emm18 gene was later cloned using a reverse primer that copied the 5' end of the scpA
gene and the purified PCR product was ligated into pQE-30 (Qiagen, Chatsworth, CA).
The recombinant Emml 8 protein was purified by affinity chromatography over a nickel column according to the instructions provided by Qiagen.
Insertion of the Q -interposon into emm18 and transformation of Type 18 Streptococci was accomplished essentially as previously described for Type Streptococci. Briefly, emm18 was ligated into pKK223-3 and then cut with XhoI, which recognizes a single site between bases 136 and 141 of the emm18 gene.
The ends were repaired with Klenow fragment. Plasmid pBR322-Q,Km2 was digested with SmaI and the Q,Km2 fragment was purified from a 0.8% agarose gel and ligated into the cut emm18 gene. The resulting plasmid, pKKM18Q, was electroporated into Type 18 Streptococci. One kanamycin-resistant colony, designated Ml 8, was selected for further study.
To confirm that the emm18 gene was not expressed in the M18Q strain, immunoblots were performed using extracts of whole bacteria and rabbit antisera evoked by purified recombinant M18 (rM18), a synthetic peptide of M18, SM18(1-30), and a synthetic peptide SM5(265-291), which copies the C-repeat domain of Type protein that is common to all M proteins (Figure 1). Anti-rM18 reacted with a triplet of proteins extracted from the parent strain, the largest of which had an apparent M.W. of ¨43 kDa (Figure 1, lane A). The immunoreactive proteins with lower M.W. are presumably degradation products of M18 that were present in the crude extracts of whole bacteria. There was no reaction of rM18 antiserum with the extract from the M180 mutant (Figure 1, lane B). Anti-SM18(1-30) reacted only with proteins in extracts from the parent strain (Figure 1, lane C) and the pattern was identical to that observed with antiserum against rM18. Interestingly, antiserum against the C-repeat peptide of M protein, SM5(265-291), reacted only with an extract from the parent strain (Figure 1, lane E) and not with an extract from the mutant (lane F), suggesting that the mutant did not express another M or M-like protein containing these shared repeating epitopes. These data, taken together with the results of the Southern blots and PCR, indicate that the Q element was inserted in the emm18 gene and the M18 protein was not expressed by M18Q.
Western blots were performed using extracts of intact Streptococci and purified proteins as previously described In some experiments using purified recombinant Emm18 protein, the nitrocellulose membranes were first incubated in buffer containing 10% normal human serum to block nonspecific binding of immunoglobulins.
For southern blots, Streptococcal chromosomal DNA was digested with BsaH I and electrophoresed in a 1% agarose gel. The DNA fragments were transferred to a nylon membrane (Sigma) and probed with digoxigenin-labeled (Km2 fragment or emm18 according to instructions provided by the manufacturer (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN).
GROWTH IN BLOOD AND MOUSE VIRULENCE OF M18 AND Ml 8Q
A. Growth in non-immune human blood. The virulence of the M-negative mutant of Type 18 Streptococci was first assessed by its ability to grow in nonimmune human blood (Table 1). Streptococci were grown to early log-phase in Todd-Hewitt broth and the inoculum indicated was added to 0.45 ml normal, heparinized human blood that did not contain M18 antibodies. The mixture was rotated end-over-end at 37 C for 3 hr. Organisms surviving were quantitated on pour plates of sheep's blood agar using an aliquot of the mixture. The parent strain of M18 grew to just over 8 generations after a three-hour rotation in blood. The M1 8Q mutant grew to approximately 7.5 generations in the same assay.
Table 1.
Growth in human blood of M18 and M18S2 Streptococci.
Organism CFU surviving 3 hr rotation (# of generations) inoculum: 45 inoculum: 15 M18 12,550 (8.1) 4,800 (8.3) inoculum: 55 inoculum:20 M18S2 9,940 (7.3) 4,210 (7.6) B. Intraperitoneal challenge infections. The most stringent laboratory assay for virulence is intraperitoneal challenge infections of nonimmune mice.
Briefly, four groups of six Swiss white mice each were challenged with 10-fold increasing 10 inocula, ranging from 2.7x104 to 2.7x107 CFU of either M18 or M18Q.
Deaths were recorded for seven days following challenge infections. The LD50 was determined by the method of Reed and Muench after using 10-fold increasing doses of each organism.
The LD50 of the parent M18 strain was 0.73x105 and of the M18S2 was 1.26x105.
Of 24 mice challenged with each organism, 8 challenged with M18 died while 7 15 challenged with Ml 8S2 died. Organisms recovered from the spleens of mice that succumbed to challenge infections with M185/ were kanamycin-resistant and M18 negative, indicating that there was no reversion to the parent phenotype in vivo. These results demonstrated that the expression of M18 was not required for virulence of Type 18 Streptococci.
OPSONIZATION OF M18 AND Ml 8S2 PARTICLES
USING ANTISERA AGAINST CRUDE SURFACE PEPTIDES
Interruption of emml8 expression could have resulted in a mutant that was virulent and did not express a protective antigen, or alternatively, one that expressed a second protective antigen on its surface. In order to assess the possibility of the latter, in vitro opsonization experiments were performed to determine whether M18S2 expressed a surface antigen that contained opsonic epitopes. Early log-phase cultures of Streptococci were added to 0.1 ml of test serum and incubated for 15 min. at ambient temperature. To this was added 0.4 ml of normal, heparinized human blood and the entire mixture was rotated end-over-end for 45 min. at 37 C. At the end of the rotation, a drop of each mixture was used to make thin smears on microscope slides.
After staining the slides with Wright's stain, the percentage of neutrophils with associated Streptococci (either ingested or attached) was estimated by counting at least 50 consecutive neutrophils. Anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein; anti-SM18(1-30), rabbit antiserum against a synthetic peptide that copied the N-terminal 30 amino acids of M18 linked to KLH; anti-crude pep M18, rabbit antiserum against a partially purified pepsin extract of whole Type 18 Streptococci. Experiments were repeated at least three times with similar results.
The bactericidal activity of test antisera was determined using a similar assay except that fewer Streptococci were added to the mixture, which was rotated for 3 hr. at 37 C. At the end of the rotation, 0.1 ml aliquots were added to sheep blood agar and pour plates were made to quantitate viable bacteria. Results shown in Table 2 below are from one representative experiment. Briefly, only the M18 parent strain was opsonized by antisera against SM18(1-30) or recombinant M18. The association of M180 with PMNs remained at baseline levels in the presence of both of these antisera.
Antiserum raised in rabbits against a crude pepsin extract of the Ml 8Q
strain, however, opsonized both the parent and the M-negative mutant (Table 2). This antiserum was used in subsequent experiments to identify and purify the putative new protective antigen of Type 18 Streptococci.
Table 2.
Opsonization of M18 and M18S2 by rabbit antisera against recombinant M18, S-M18(1-30), and crude pep M18.
Percent neutrophils with associated Antiserum Streptococci Pre-pool 2 8 Anti-rM18 92 14 Anti-SM18(1-30) 98 8 Anti-crude pep M18 96 88 IDENTIFICATION, PURIFICATION, AND AMINO-ACID SEQUENCE ANAYLSIS OF SPA.
As is discussed in more detail in the following example, peptide fragments from the surface of M18Q were extracted using dilute solutions of pepsin at suboptimal pH. The extract was precipitated in 60% saturated ammonium sulfate, dialyzed extensively against distilled water, and then lyophilized. The mixture of surface proteins and peptides is referred to as crude pep M18Q.
More specifically, as described above in Example 3, Spa was identified in the crude pepsin extract by opsonization inhibition assays. The crude pep M18Q was separated by SDS-PAGE on a preparative 10% gel using reducing conditions. The entire gel was electroblotted to nitrocellulose paper and each end was cut vertically and stained with Coomassie blue. The center section of the nitrocellulose paper was cut into horizontal strips approximately 8-10mm in width. Each strip was then used to absorb rabbit antiserum raised against the crude pep M180 for 2 hours at 37 C.
One section of the nitrocellulose paper was western blotted with pep M18Q
antiserum to identify immunoreactive bands. Another section was cut into horizontal strips that were used to absorb opsonic antibodies in the pep M18Q antiserum. The pep M18Q
extract contained a protein with an apparent M.W. of 24kDa (Spa) that absorbed the majority of the opsonic antibodies in the pep M18Q antiserum (Figure 2).
Opsonization assays were performed using absorbed serum samples and unabsorbed serum, as described above in Example 3. Once the opsonic-inhibitory peptide had been identified in the crude pepsin extract, it was purified by ammonium sulfate precipitation and preparative gel electrophoresis (Prep Cell, model 491, Bio-Rad, Richmond, CA).
The purified Spa migrated as a single band, as assessed by SDS-PAGE, with a M.W. of 24kDa (Figure 3, Lane B). The purified Spa protein was electrophoretically transferred to a PVDF membrane and submitted to the Protein and Nucleic Acid Facility, Beckman Center, Stanford University Medical Center for N-terminal sequencing by Edman degradation. The sequence of an internal peptide of Spa was also determined in the Stanford University Facility. The intact protein on PVDF
was digested with LysC protease, 0.25 (mol/ml, at 37 C overnight). The resultant peptides were purified by HPLC on a Vydac C18 column. Selected fractions were assessed for purity by mass spectroscopy and one peptide with a mass of 1249 Daltons was selected for N-terminal sequencing.
Edman degradation of the purified protein revealed the sequence of the first 23 amino acids (N-terminus) to be:
DSVSG LEVAD PSDSK KLIEL GLA
(SEQ ID NO:3) In addition, an internal peptide purified from a LysC digest of the purified Spa contained the amino-terminal sequence:
YRLDS ESHLK.
(SEQ ID NO:8) IDENTIFICATION OF OPSONIC EPITOPES OF SPA
Rabbit antisera was prepared against the synthetic peptide SM18(1-30)C
against recombinant M18, which was purified from periplasmic extracts of E.
con, and against purified Spa.
To directly assess the presence of bactericidal epitopes in Spa, rabbits were immunized with 100 14 of the purified protein in CFA at time 0, 4 weeks, and 8 weeks. Sera from all three immunized rabbits obtained 10 weeks after the first injection contained antibodies that opsonized the M18 parent and M18S2 (Table 3). None of the Spa antisera cross-reacted with purified recombinant M18 or purified recombinant Emm18, as determined by ELISA
To confirm the presence of opsonic epitopes within the covalent structure of Spa, a peptide, S-Spa/8(1-23)C, copying the N-terminal 23 amino acids of the purified 24 kDa fragment was chemically synthesized. The peptide was covalently linked to KLH and three rabbits were immunized with 100 lig doses using the same schedule described above. Anti-Spa, rabbit antiserum against the purified Streptococcal protective antigen; anti-S-Spa(1-23)C, rabbit antiserum against a synthetic peptide that copied the N-terminal 23 amino acids of Spa linked to KLH; anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein were used. Details of the assay are provided in Example 3. Experiments were repeated at least three times with similar results. Data presented are from one representative experiment.
Briefly, serum from all three rabbits opsonized both the parent and Ml 8S2 strains of group A
Streptococci (Table 3), confirming the presence of opsonic epitopes within this limited region of Spa. The antiserum against the synthetic peptide of Spa was also used to identify the native protein in phage lysin extracts of M1 8i The S-Spa/8(1-23)C
antiserum reacted with a single protein in the lysin extract with an apparent M.W. of 50kDa (Figure 3D), suggesting that the pepsin-derived Spa was a fragment of the larger native protein.
Table 3.
Opsonization of Type 18 Streptococci by rabbit antisera against purified Spa and a synthetic peptide of Spa.
Percent neutrophils Antiserum: with associated Streptococci:
anti-Spa 100 100 anti-S-Spa(1-23)C 72 100 anti-rM18 96 16 The results of the opsonization assays were confirmed by indirect bactericidal tests as described in Example 3. Anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein; anti-crude pep M18, rabbit antiserum against a partially purified pepsin extract of whole Type 18 Streptococci; anti-Spa, rabbit 10 antiserum against the purified Streptococcal protective antigen were used. The results provided in Table 4 show the Spa antiserum was bactericidal against both M18 and M18C1 while antiserum against rM18 was bactericidal against only the parent strain and not against M1852.
Table 4.
15 Bactericidal activity of rabbit antisera against rM18, a crude pepsin extract of Type 18 Streptococci, and purified Spa.
CFU surviving a 3 hour rotation Antiserum:
Inoculum: 21 Inoculum: 32 Normal Rabbit Serum >10,000 >10,000 anti-rM18 460 >10,000 anti-crude pep M18 355 15 anti-Spa 230 0 OPSONIZATION OF HETEROLOGOUS SEROTYPES OF
GROUP A STREPTOCOCCI BY SPA ANTISERUM
To determine whether Spa evoked opsonic antibodies against serotypes of group A Streptococci other than Type 18, opsonization assays were performed with antisera against purified Spa or against the pep Ml 8Q and a series of selected Streptococci (Table 5). Both antisera opsonized Type 3 and Type 28 Streptococci, in addition to Type 18 organisms. Serotypes tested that were not opsonized by either antiserum were Ml, M2, M5, M6, M13, M14, M19, and M24, all of which were from our laboratory collection. The anti-S-Spal8(1-23)C antisera did not opsonize Types 3 or 28 Streptococci, indicating that this limited region of Spa does not contain cross-opsonic epitopes.
Table 5.
Opsonization of heterologous serotypes of group A Streptococci by rabbit antisera against purified Spa and a crude pepsin extract of MAO.
Percent neutrophilis with associated Streptococci in the presence of:
Serotype Preimmume Anti-crude Preimmune Anti-Spa (strain) pep Ml 8S2 M18 (282) 0 100 6 100 M3 (3375) 14 88 8 56 M28 (S2356) 20 72 0 36 NUCLEIC ACID AND AMINO ACID SEQUENCE
OF A CLONED FRAGMENT OF THE spal8 GENE
A fragment of the spal8 gene was cloned using PCR and degenerate inosine-containing oligonucleotide primers based on the N-terminal peptide sequence and the sequence of an internal peptide purified from a LysC digest of Spa.
The forward set of primers derived from the N-terminal sequence of Spa from amino acid residues 7-11 contained the sequence GAR GTI OCT GAY CC (SEQ. ID NO: 6). The reverse primers, from the N-terminal sequence of the internal peptide, contained the sequences RTG IGA YTC RCT RTC and RTG RCT YTC IGA RTC (SEQ. ID NO: 7).
Nucleotide abbreviations are according to the UUPAC code for nucleic acids.
PCR was performed as previously described using the chromosomal DNA from Type 18 Streptococci as the template. The forward primer in combination with the second reverse primer listed above resulted in a single PCR product of 336 bp, which was ligated into pCR2.1-TOPO (Invitrogene, Carlsbad, CA). DNA sequencing was performed by automated techniques in the University of Tennessee Molecular Resources Center using primers from the 5' and 3' flanking ends of the plasmid. The identity of the spa sequence was confirmed by comparing the translated DNA
sequence to the amino acid sequence of Spa that was not used to construct the degenerate PCR
primers.
The 336 bp PCR product and the translated amino acid sequence contained residues 12-23 of the sequence derived from the Spa protein (Figure 4), confirming that the DNA was a fragment of spa 18. A search of the current entries in GenBank and the Type 1 Streptococcal genome sequence data base revealed that the spa 18 gene fragment did not share sequence homology with any known proteins, suggesting that Spa is a new protective antigen of group A Streptococci.
Standard molecular biology techniques were used to obtain a full-length cDNA encoding a spa protein. The sequence for the full-length cDNA is depicted in Figure 5. The full-length protein includes a 37 residue signal peptide that is cleaved to form a mature spa polypeptide having the same N-terminus as the 23 residue peptide identified as SEQ ID NO:3.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
Host cells comprising the above vectors are also included.
Ribozymes are provided which are capable of inhibiting expression of Spa RNA. As used herein, "ribozymes" are intended to include RNA molecules that contain anti-sense sequences for specific recognition, and an RNA-cleaving enzymatic activity. The catalytic strand cleaves a specific site in a target RNA at greater than stoichiometric concentration. A wide variety of ribozymes may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, the hammerhead ribozyme (for example, as described by Forster and Symons, Cell 48:211-220, 1987; Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 328:596-600, 1988; Walbot and Bruening, Nature 334:196, 1988;
Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334:585, 1988); the hairpin ribozyme (for example, as described by Haseloff et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,254,678, issued October 19, 1993 and Hempel et al., European Patent Publication No. 0 360 257, published March 26, 1990);
and Tetrahymena ribosomal RNA-based ribozymes (see Cech et al., U.S. Patent No.
4,987,071). Ribozymes of the present invention typically consist of RNA, but may also be composed of DNA, nucleic acid analogs (e.g., phosphorothioates), or chimerics thereof (e.g., DNA/RNA/RNA).
Antisense oligonucleotide molecules are provided which specifically inhibit expression of Spa nucleic acid sequences (see generally, Hirashima et al. in Molecular Biology of RNA:New Perspectives (M. Inouye and B. S. Dudock, eds., Academic Press, San Diego, p. 401); Oligonucleotides:Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (J.S. Cohen, ed., 1989 MacMillan Press, London); Stein and Cheng, Science 261:1004-1012, 1993; WO 95/10607; U.S. Patent No. 5,359,051; WO 92/06693; and EP-A2-612844). Briefly, such molecules are constructed such that they are complementary to, and able to form Watson-Crick base pairs with, a region of transcribed Spa mRNA sequence. The resultant double-stranded nucleic acid interferes with subsequent processing of the mRNA, thereby preventing protein synthesis (Example 6).
Within a related aspect, any of the aforementioned nucleic acids may include modified nucleotides. Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
It should be understood that spa genes include nucleic acid sequences encoding wild-type/native Spa polypeptides, as well as other variants (including alleles). Briefly, such variants may result from natural polymorphisms or be synthesized by recombinant methodology or chemical synthesis, and differ from wild-type polypeptides by one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, deletions, or the like. Variants encompassing conservative amino acid substitutions include, for example, substitutions of one aliphatic amino acid for another, such as Ile, Val, Leu, or Ala or substitutions of one polar residue for another, such as between Lys and Arg, Glu and Asp, or Gln and Asn. Such substitutions are well known in the art to provide variants having similar physical properties and functional activities such as for example, the ability to elicit and cross react with similar antibodies. Other variants include nucleic acids sequences that encode a polypeptide having at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%
. , or 95% amino acid identity to SEQ ID NO:2, 3 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
Preferred embodiments are those having greater than 90% or 95% identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ. ID NOS: 2 or 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, a nucleotide sequence encoding an Spa or a variant may differ from the native sequences presented herein due to codon degeneracies, nucleotide polymorphisms, or nucleotide substitutions, deletions or insertions.
While particular embodiments of such isolated nucleic acids are depicted in SEQ ID NOS:1 and 4 and Figures 4 and 5, within the context of the present invention, reference to one or more isolated nucleic acids includes variants of these sequences that are substantially similar in that they encode native or non native proteins, polypeptides or peptides with similar structure and function to the Spa polypeptide of SEQ. ID NO: 2 or the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
As used herein, the nucleotide sequence is deemed to be "substantially similar" if:
(a) the nucleotide sequence is derived from the coding region of a spa gene isolated from a Streptococcus (including, for example, portions of the sequence or allelic variations of the sequences discussed above) and contains a non-M protein epitope with substantially the same ability to elicit opsonic antibodies protective against Streptococci.
or (b) the nucleotide sequence is capable of hybridization to the nucleotide sequences of the present invention under high stringency (e.g., capable of selectively hybridizing to nucleotide sequences a spa gene at least 42 C overnight in the presence of salts and/or formamide at least as stringent as 6X SSC and 50% formamide); or (c) the nucleotide sequences are degenerate (i.e., sequences which code for the same amino acids using a different codon sequences) as a result of the genetic code to the nucleotide sequences defined in (a) or (b); or (d) is a complement of any of the sequences described in (a), (b) or (c).
Another aspect of the present invention is the use of isolated spa nucleotide sequences to produce recombinant proteins for immunizing an animal.
Therefore, the use of any length of nucleic acid disclosed by the present invention (preferably 24 nucleotides or longer) which encodes a polypeptide or fragment thereof of at least 8 contiguous amino acids which is capable of binding to the major histocompatibility complex and eliciting or enhancing an immunogenic response is 5 contemplated by this invention. Preferred embodiments include polypeptides or fragments thereof that elicit opsonic antibodies. Immunogenic response can be readily tested by known methods such as challenging a mouse or rabbit with polypeptides or fragments of interest and thereafter collecting antisera and determining if the antibody of interest is present. Other assays particularly useful for the detection of T-cell 10 responses include proliferation assays, T-cell cytotoxicity assays, assays for delayed hypersensitivity and assays for opsonization such as previously described. In determining whether an antibody specific for an antigen of interest is produced by the animal, many diagnostic tools are available, including for example, testing binding of antigen to antibodies contained in a sample antisera using conventional western 15 blotting, or using enzyme-linked immunoassays with a tag attached to the antigen of interest.
The isolated nucleic acids encoding Spa polypeptides according to this invention can be obtained using a variety of methods. For example, a nucleic acid molecule can be obtained from a cDNA or genomic expression library by screening 20 with an antibody or antibodies reactive with a Spa polypeptide (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, 1989; Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing, 1987).
Further, random-primed PCR can be employed (see, e.g., Methods in Enzymol. 254:275, 1995).
In addition, variations of random-primed PCR can also be used, especially when a 25 particular gene or gene family is desired. In one such method, one of the primers is a random primer and the other is a degenerate primer based on the amino acid sequence or nucleotide sequence encoding a Spa polypeptide. This method is exemplified for example, in Example 7 where a codon degenerate primer designed to bind to a sequence that encodes any one of several variants of a 23 amino acid N terminus of an isolated Spa polypeptide was used to isolate a 346 nucleotide sequence of a spa gene which is depicted in Figure 4 and SEQ. ID NO: 1.
Other methods can also be used to obtain isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Spa polypeptide. For example, a nucleic acid molecule can be isolated by using the sequence information provided herein to synthesize a probe which can be labeled, such as with a radioactive label, enzymatic label, protein label, fluorescent label, or the like, and hybridized to a genomic library or a cDNA library constructed in a phage, plasmid, phagemid, or viral vectors designed for replication or expression in selected host cells (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (supra); Ausubel et al.
(supra)). DNA
representing RNA or genomic nucleic acid sequence can also be obtained by amplification using sets of primers complementary to 5' and 3' sequences of the isolated nucleic acid sequences provided in SEQ. ID NO: 1 or to variants thereof as described above. For ease of cloning, restriction sites can also be incorporated into the primers.
Variants (including alleles) of the isolated spa nucleic acid sequence provided herein can be readily obtained from natural variants (e.g., polymorphisms, mutants and other serotypes) either synthesized or constructed. Many methods have been developed for generating mutants (see generally Sambrook et al. (supra);
Ausubel et al. (supra)). Briefly, preferred methods for generating nucleotide substitutions utilize an oligonucleotide that spans the base or bases to be mutated and contains the mutated base or bases. The oligonucleotide is hybridized to complementary single stranded nucleic acid and second strand synthesis is primed from the oligonucleotide.
The double-stranded nucleic acid is prepared for transformation into host cells, such as E.
coli, other prokaryotes, yeast or other eukaryotes. Standard screening and vector growth protocols are used to identify mutant sequences and obtain high yields.
Similarly, deletions and/or insertions of spa genes can be constructed by any of a variety of known methods. For example, the gene can be digested with restriction enzymes and/or nucleases and be religated such that sequences are deleted or religated with additional sequence such that an insertion or large substitution is made.
Similarly, a variety of transposons and other insertional elements may be used to make recombinants having deletions and insertions Thus, in one example, a spa mutant containing a S2 insertional element in a spa gene can be made in a manner similar to the making of the Ml 8Q described above. Other means of generating variant sequences, known in the art, can be employed, for examples see Sambrook et al. (supra) and Ausubel et al. (supra). Moreover, verification of variant sequences is typically accomplished by restriction enzyme mapping, sequence analysis or hybridization.
Variants which encode a polypeptide that elicits an immunogenic response specific to a Spa polypeptide are particularly useful in the context of this invention.
As noted above, the present invention provides isolated or purified Spa polypeptides proteins and peptides as those terms have been previously defined herein.
In one aspect, these isolated or purified materials may be obtained from a host cell expressing a recombinant nucleic acid that encodes Spa polypeptides proteins or peptides which may be isolated from the host cell. The Spa polypeptides of the present invention can be purified by a variety of standard methods with or without a protease treatment or polyacrylamide electrophoresis step, and/or may be isolated from organisms other than Streptococci which have been engineered to express an isolated spa nucleic acid. For example, a Spa polypeptide of the present invention can be isolated by, among other methods, culturing suitable host and vector systems to produce a native Spa protein, polypeptide, fusion protein or peptide fusion using recombinant DNA methods (discussed further herein). Using these methods Spa may be engineered to be exported from the host cell, retained within the host cell, for example within inclusion bodies, or integrated into the surface of host cell as is the case for natural Spa expression in Streptococci. When engineered for export, a supernatant from a culture of the host cell can be used to isolate exported Spa polypeptides. When integrated into the surface, Spa polypeptides may be obtained by protease treatment to obtain a crude surface peptide fraction as previously described. When expressed in inclusion bodies, Spa proteins, fusion peptides and the like, can be obtained by a variety of purification procedures. For example, a Spa-containing extract can be applied to a suitable purification matrix such as a Spa antibody bound to a suitable support.
Alternatively, anion or cation exchange resins, gel filtration or affinity, hydrophobic or reverse phase chromatography may be employed in order to purify the protein. The Spa polypeptide can also be concentrated using commercially available protein concentration filters, such as an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit, or by vacuum dialysis.
In one example of isolating Spa polypeptides, proteins or peptides by recombinant methods, an isolated nucleic acid encoding a Spa protein, polypeptide, or peptide can be expressed as a histidine-tagged molecule, permitting purification on a nickel-chelating matrix. Alternatively, other tags may be used, including FLAG
and GST. The associated tag can then be removed in the last step of purification, for example, for certain vectors, His-tagged proteins may be incubated with thrombin, resulting in cleavage of a recognition sequence between the tag and the Spa polypeptide (e.g., pET vectors from Invitrogen).
It is well known in the art that certain vectors (e.g., pUC) can be used for producing multiple copies of a nucleotide molecule of interest as well as being useful for genetic manipulation techniques (e.g., site-directed mutagenesis). See Sambrook (supra). Of particular interest to this disclosure are expression vectors. The expression vector includes transcriptional promoter/enhancer elements operably linked to an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding a Spa polypeptide. The expression vector may be composed of either deoxyribonucleic acids ("DNA"), ribonucleic acids ("RNA"), or a combination of the two (e.g., a DNA-RNA chimera). Optionally, the expression vector may include a polyadenylation sequence or one or more restriction sites.
Additionally, depending on the host cell chosen and the expression vector employed, other genetic elements such as an origin of replication, additional nucleic acid restriction sites, enhancers, sequences conferring inducibility of transcription, and genes encoding proteins suitable for use as selectable or identifiable markers, may also be incorporated into the expression vectors described herein.
The manipulation and expression of spa genes can be accomplished by culturing host cells containing an expression vector capable of expressing the spa genes. Such vectors or vector constructs include either synthetic or cDNA-derived nucleic acid molecules or genomic DNA fragments encoding the Spa polypeptides, which are operably linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements. Suitable regulatory elements within the expression vector can be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, viral, mammalian, insect, or plant genes. Selection of appropriate regulatory elements is dependent on the host cell chosen, and can be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present specification. Examples of regulatory elements include a transcriptional promoter and enhancer or RNA polymerase binding sequence, a transcriptional terminator, and a ribosomal binding sequence, including a translation initiation signal.
Nucleic acid molecules that encode any of the Spa protein, polypeptides, or peptides described above can be expressed by a wide variety of prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells, including bacterial, mammalian, yeast or other fungi, viral, insect, and plant cells. The selection of a host cell may also assist the production of post-transitionally modified Spa polypeptides, depending upon the desires of the user.
Methods for transforming or transfecting such cells to express nucleic acids are well known in the art (see, e.g., Itakura et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,704,362; Hinnen et al., PNAS USA 75:1929-1933, 1978; Murray et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,801,542; Upshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349; Hagen et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,784,950; Axel et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,399,216; Goeddel et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,766,075; and Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989; for plant cells see Czako and Marton, Plant Physiol. 104:1067-1071, 1994;
Paszkowski et al., Biotech. 24:387-392, 1992).
Bacterial host cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include but are not limited to, numerous strains of E. coli, as well as various strains of M
leprae, M. tuberculosis, M bovis, B. subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium, and various species within the genera Pseudomonas, Streptomyces, Streptococcus, and Staphylococcus, as well as many other bacterial species well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
Bacterial expression vectors preferably comprise a promoter, which functions in the host cell, one or more selectable phenotypic markers, and a bacterial origin of replication. Representative promoters include the 13-1actamase (penicillinase) and lactose promoter system (see Chang et al., Nature 275:615, 1978), the T7 RNA
polymerase promoter (Studier et al., Meth. Enzymol. /85:60-89, 1990), the lambda promoter (Elvin et al., Gene 87:123-126, 1990), the trp promoter (Nichols and Yanofsky, Meth. in Enzymology 101:155, 1983) and the tac promoter (Russell et al., Gene 20:231, 1982). Representative selectable markers include various antibiotic 5 resistance markers such as the kanamycin or ampicillin resistance genes.
Many plasmids suitable for transforming host cells are well known in the art, including among others, pBR322 (see Bolivar et al., Gene 2:95, 1977), the pUC plasmids pUC18, pUC19, pUC118, pUC119 (see Messing, Meth. in Enzymology 101:20-77, 1983;
Vieira and Messing, Gene /9:259-268, 1982), and pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18a, and Bluescript 10 M13 (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). In one particular embodiment of this invention exemplified in Example 7, a 346 bp isolated nucleic acid encoding a Spa polypeptide was ligated into a pCR2.1-TOPO vector and expressed in E. coli.
Fungal host cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include, among others, Saccharomyces pombe, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the genera Pichia or 15 Kluyveromyces and various species of the genus Aspergillus (McKnight et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,935,349). Suitable expression vectors for yeast and fungi include, among others, YCp50 (ATCC No. 37419) for yeast, and the amdS cloning vector pV3 (Turnbull, Bio/Technology 7:169, 1989), YRp7 (Struhl et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
USA 76:1035-1039, 1978), YEp13 (Broach et al., Gene 8:121-133, 1979), pJDB249 and 20 pJDB219 (Beggs, Nature 275:104-108, 1978) and derivatives thereof.
Preferred promoters for use in yeast include promoters from yeast glycolytic genes (Hitzeman et al., I Biol. Chem. 255:12073-12080, 1980; Alber and Kawasaki, J. Mol. App!. Genet. /:419-434, 1982) or alcohol dehydrogenase genes (Young et al., in Genetic Engineering of Microorganisms for Chemicals, Hollaender et 25 al. (eds.), p. 355, Plenum, New York, 1982; Ammerer, Meth. Enzymol. /0/:192-201, 1983). Examples of useful promoters for fungi vectors include those derived from Aspergillus nidulans glycolytic genes, such as the adh3 promoter (McKnight et al., EMBO J. 4:2093-2099, 1985). The expression units may also include a transcriptional terminator. An example of a suitable terminator is the adh3 terminator (McKnight et 30 al., ibid., 1985).
As with bacterial vectors, the yeast vectors will generally include a selectable marker, which may be one of any number of genes that exhibit a dominant phenotype for which a phenotypic assay exists to enable transformants to be selected.
Preferred selectable markers include those that complement host cell auxotrophy, provide antibiotic resistance or enable a cell to utilize specific carbon sources, and include leu2 (Broach et al., ibid.), ura3 (Botstein et al., Gene 8:17, 1979), or his3 (Struhl et al., ibid.). Another suitable selectable marker is the cat gene, which confers chloramphenicol resistance on yeast cells.
Techniques for transforming fungi are well known in the literature, and have been described, for instance, by Beggs (ibid.), Hinnen et al.(Proc. NatL
Acad. Sci.
USA 75:1929-1933, 1978), Yelton et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8/:1740-1747, 1984), and Russell (Nature 301:167-169, 1983). The genotype of the host cell may contain a genetic defect that is complemented by the selectable marker present on the expression vector. Choice of a particular host and selectable marker is well within the level of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present specification.
Protocols for the transformation of yeast are also well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, transformation may be readily accomplished either by preparation of spheroplasts of yeast with DNA (see Hinnen et al., PNAS USA
75:1929, 1978) or by treatment with alkaline salts such as LiC1 (see Itoh et al., J.
Bacteriology 153:163, 1983). Transformation of fungi may also be carried out using polyethylene glycol as described by Cullen et al. (Bio/Technology 5:369, 1987).
Viral vectors include those that comprise a promoter that directs the expression of an isolated nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Spa polypeptide as described above. A wide variety of promoters may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, promoters such as MoMLV LTR, RSV
LTR, Friend MuLV LTR, adenoviral promoter (Ohno et al., Science 265: 781-784, 1994), neomycin phosphotransferase promoter/enhancer, late parvovirus promoter (Koering et al., Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457-463, 1994), Herpes TK promoter, SV40 promoter, metallothionein ha gene enhancer/promoter, cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter, and the cytomegalovirus immediate late promoter. The promoter may also be a tissue-specific promoter (see e.g., WO 91/02805; EP 0,415,731; and WO
90/07936).
In addition to the above-noted promoters, other viral-specific promoters (e.g., retroviral promoters (including those noted above, as well as others such as HIV
promoters), hepatitis, herpes (e.g., EBV), and bacterial, fungal or parasitic-specific (e.g., malarial-specific) promoters may be utilized in order to target a specific cell or tissue which is infected with a virus, bacteria, fungus or parasite.
Thus, Spa polypeptides of the present invention may be expressed from a variety of viral vectors, including for example, herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,288,641), adenoviral vectors (e.g., WO 94/26914, WO 93/9191; Kolls et al., PNAS 91(1):215-219, 1994; Kass-Eisler etal., PNAS 90(24):11498-502, 1993;
Guzman et al., Circulation 88(6):2838-48, 1993; Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 73(6):1202-1207, 1993; Zabner et al., Cell 75(2):207-216, 1993; Li et al., Hum Gene Ther.
4(4):403-409, 1993; Caillaud et al., Eur. J. Neurosci. 5(10):1287-1291, 1993; Vincent et al., Nat.
Genet. 5(2):130-134, 1993; Jaffe et al., Nat. Genet. 1(5):372-378, 1992; and Levrero et al., Gene 10/(2):195-202, 1991), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al., PNAS 90(22):10613-10617, 1993), baculovirus vectors, parvovirus vectors (Koering et al., Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457-463, 1994), pox virus vectors (Panicali and Paoletti, PNAS 79:4927-4931, 1982; and Ozaki et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm.
193(2):653-660, 1993), and retroviruses (e.g., EP 0,415,731; WO 90/07936; WO
91/0285, WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; U.S. Patent No. 5,219,740; WO
93/11230; WO 93/10218. Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
Mammalian cells suitable for carrying out the present invention include, among others: PC12 (ATCC No. CRL1721), N1E-115 neuroblastoma, SK-N-BE(2)C
neuroblastoma, SHSY5 adrenergic neuroblastoma, NS20Y and NG108-15 murine cholinergic cell lines, or rat F2 dorsal root ganglion line, COS (e.g., ATCC
No. CRL
1650 or 1651), BHK (e.g., ATCC No. CRL 6281; BHK 570 cell line (deposited with the American Type Culture Collection under accession number CRL 10314), CHO
(ATCC No. CCL 61), HeLa (e.g., ATCC No. CCL 2), 293 (ATCC No. 1573; Graham et al., J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72, 1977) and NS-1 cells. Other mammalian cell lines may be used within the present invention, including Rat Hep I (ATCC No. CRL 1600), Rat Hep II (ATCC No. CRL 1548), TCMK (ATCC No. CCL 139), Human lung (ATCC
No. CCL 75.1), Human hepatoma (ATCC No. HTB-52), Hep G2 (ATCC No. HB
8065), Mouse liver (ATCC No. CCL 29.1), NCTC 1469 (ATCC No. CCL 9.1), SP2/0-Ag14 (ATCC No. 1581), HIT-T15 (ATCC No. CRL 1777), and RINm 5AHT2B
(Orskov and Nielson, FEBS 229(1):175-178, 1988).
Mammalian expression vectors for use in carrying out the present invention include a promoter capable of directing the transcription of a cloned gene or cDNA. Preferred promoters include viral promoters and cellular promoters.
Viral promoters include the cytomegalovirus immediate early promoter (Boshart et al., Cell 41:521-530, 1985), cytomegalovirus immediate late promoter, SV40 promoter (Subramani et al., MoL Cell. Biol. 1:854-864, 1981), MMTV LTR, RSV LTR, metallothionein-1, adenovirus El a.
Cellular promoters include the mouse metallothionein-1 promoter (Palmiter et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,579,821), action promoters, a mouse VH promoter (Bergman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
81:7041-7045, 1983; Grant et al., Nucl. Acids Res. /5:5496, 1987) and a mouse VH
promoter (Loh et al., Cell 33:85-93, 1983). The choice of promoter will depend, at least in part, upon the level of expression desired or the recipient cell line to be transfected.
Such expression vectors can also contain a set of RNA splice sites located downstream from the promoter and upstream from the DNA sequence encoding the peptide or protein of interest. Preferred RNA splice sites may be obtained from adenovirus and/or immunoglobulin genes. Also contained in the expression vectors is a polyadenylation signal located downstream of the coding sequence of interest.
Suitable polyadenylation signals include the early or late polyadenylation signals from (Kaufman and Sharp, ibid.), the polyadenylation signal from the Adenovirus 5 E
region and the human growth hormone gene terminator (DeNoto et al., Nuc. Acids Res.
9:3719-3730, 1981). The expression vectors may include a noncoding viral leader sequence, such as the Adenovirus 2 tripartite leader, located between the promoter and the RNA splice sites. Preferred vectors may also include enhancer sequences, such as the SV40 enhancer. Expression vectors may also include sequences encoding the adenovirus VA RNAs. Suitable expression vectors can be obtained from commercial sources (e.g., Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
Vector constructs comprising isolated spa sequences can be introduced into cultured mammalian cells by, for example, calcium phosphate-mediated transfection (Wigler et al., Cell 14:725, 1978; Corsaro and Pearson, Somatic Cell Genetics 7:603, 1981; Graham and Van der Eb, Virology 52:456, 1973), electroporation (Neumann et al., EMBO /:841-845, 1982), or DEAE-dextran mediated transfection (Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY, 1987). See generally Sambrook et al. (supra). To identify cells that have stably integrated the cloned DNA, a selectable marker is generally introduced into the cells along with the gene or cDNA of interest. Preferred selectable markers for use in cultured mammalian cells include genes that confer resistance to drugs, such as neomycin, hygromycin, and methotrexate. The selectable marker may be an amplifiable selectable marker. Preferred amplifiable selectable markers are the DHFR
gene and the neomycin resistance gene. Selectable markers are reviewed by Thilly (Mammalian Cell Technology, Butterworth Publishers, Stoneham, MA).
Mammalian cells containing a suitable vector are allowed to grow for a period of time, typically 1-2 days, to begin expressing the DNA sequence(s) of interest.
Drug selection is then applied to select for growth of cells that are expressing the selectable marker in a stable fashion. For cells that have been transfected with an amplifiable, selectable marker the drug concentration may be increased in a stepwise manner to select for increased copy number of the cloned sequences, thereby increasing expression levels. Cells expressing the introduced sequences are selected and screened for production of the protein of interest in the desired form or at the desired level. Cells that satisfy these criteria can then be cloned and scaled up for production.
Numerous insect host cells known in the art can also be useful within the present invention, in light of the subject specification. For example, the use of baculoviruses as vectors for expressing heterologous DNA sequences in insect cells has been reviewed by Atkinson et al. (Pestic. Sci. 28:215-224,1990).
Numerous plant host cells known in the art can also be useful within the present invention, in light of the subject specification. For example, the use of Agrobacterium rhizogenes as vectors for expressing genes in plant cells has been reviewed by Sinkar et al., J. Biosci. (Bangalore) 11:47-58, 1987.
5 Upon expression of the Spa polypeptides or fragments thereof in the host cells, the polypeptide or peptide may be preliminarily released and/or isolated from the host cell utilizing methods such as those discussed previously herein.
As noted above, depending on the host cell in which one desires to express a Spa polypeptide, an isolated nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide is 10 introduced into an expression vector comprising a promoter that is active in the host cell. Other components of the expression unit such as transcribed but not translated sequences at the ends of the coding region may also be selected according to the particular host utilized. In some cases, it may be necessary to introduce artificially an intervening sequence to ensure high level expression. Expression can be monitored by 15 SDS-PAGE and staining, if expression levels are sufficiently high.
Additionally, if the protein is produced with a tag, detection by anti-tag antibody can be carried out and if produced with no tag, detection by anti-Spa antibody that does not recognize homologous proteins of the host may be employed. Further, any method known in the art for protein identification may be utilized to this end (e.g., a high resolution 20 electrophoretic method or 2D electrophoresis).
III. Antibodies In another aspect, the proteins of the present invention are utilized to prepare antibodies that specifically bind to an epitope present on Spa polypeptides Accordingly, the present invention also provides such antibodies. In preferred 25 embodiments the antibodies bind to specific opsonic epitopes present on a Spa polypeptide. In a typical embodiment, the antibodies do not bind to epitopes present on M-proteins of a Streptococcus species. Within the context of the present invention, the term "antibodies" includes polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, fragments thereof such as F(ab')2 and Fab fragments, and recombinantly or synthetically produced antibodies. Such antibodies incorporate the variable regions that permit a monoclonal antibody to specifically bind, which means an antibody able to selectively bind to a peptide produced from a spa gene of this invention. The affinity of a monoclonal antibody or antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Scatchard, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 51:660-672, 1949).
Polyclonal antibodies can be readily generated by one of ordinary skill in the art from a variety of warm-blooded animals such as horses, cows, goats, sheep, dogs, chickens, turkeys, rabbits, mice, or rats. Briefly, the desired protein or peptide is utilized to immunize the animal through intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraocular, or subcutaneous injections. The immunogenicity of the protein or peptide of interest may be increased through the use of an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Following several booster immunizations, small samples of serum are collected and tested for reactivity to the desired protein or peptide.
Particularly preferred polyclonal antisera give a signal that is at least three times greater than background. Once the titer of the animal has reached a plateau in terms of its reactivity to the protein, larger quantities of polyclonal antisera may be readily obtained either by weekly bleedings, or by exsanguinating the animal.
Monoclonal antibodies can also be readily generated using well-known techniques (see U.S. Patent Nos. RE 32,011, 4,902,614, 4,543,439, and 4,411,993; see also Monoclonal Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Plenum Press, Kennett, McKearn, and Bechtol (eds.), 1980, and Antibodies: A
Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Briefly, in one embodiment, a subject animal such as a rat or mouse is injected with a desired protein or peptide. If desired, various techniques may be utilized in order to increase the resultant immune response generated by the protein, in order to develop greater antibody reactivity. For example, the desired protein or peptide may be coupled to another carrier protein such as ovalbumin or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), or through the use of adjuvants such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
The present invention also provides fusion polypeptides or proteins containing a portion of a Spa polypeptide. Fusion proteins are useful for several purposes, including the combining of two or more catalytic functions from separate polypeptide sources, and for raising antibodies to epitopes. For raising antibodies to epitopes, the fusion protein typically contains a peptide epitope of a Spa of at least 8, 10, 15 or 20 amino acids fused to a protein that enhances an immune response to the epitope. A typical protein for this purpose is KLH. Therefore, another aspect of the present invention provides a non-naturally occurring fusion protein, comprising a first Spa polypeptide segment comprised of at least 8 contiguous amino acids of a Spa polypeptide or variant described above, fused in-frame to a second polypeptide segment. More preferred embodiments include Spa polypeptide segments of at least 10, 15 or 20 amino acids. The second polypeptide segment may optionally comprise another portion of the Spa polypeptide that is not naturally adjacent to the first segment, or comprise sequences from a non-Spa polypeptide. Also provided are nucleic acids and vectors encoding the aforementioned fusion proteins and host cells carrying the same.
Use of carrier proteins,fusion proteins or linkers is particularly advantageous when antibody is to be raised against a peptide antigen carrying an opsonic epitope One example of coupling to a carrier protein is shown in Example 5 where a synthetic 23 amino acid peptide comprising an N-terminus of a Spa polypeptides was linked to KLH in order to produces antibodies against an opsonic epitope contained within the peptide. Other suitable carrier proteins include but are not limited to tetanus toxoid, diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin, hen egg lysozyme, gelatin, bovine gamma globulin, B subunit of cholera toxin, B subunit of E.
coil labile toxin, and flagellin polymer. Typically, linking a Spa epitope to a carrier protein will usually include an in frame fusion of the peptide through a linker amino acid sequence of at least 2 amino acids in length. More typically the linker is 7 to 35 amino acids, and most typically about 7 to 15 amino acids wherein 2 to 7 of the linker amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids. The initial elicitation of an immune response may preferably be through intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intranasal, oral, or subcutaneous routes.
Between one and three weeks after the initial immunization, the animal may be reimmunized. The animal may then be test bled and the serum tested for binding to the desired antigen using assays as described above. Additional immunizations may also be accomplished until the animal has reached a plateau in its reactivity to the desired protein or peptide. The animal may then be given a final boost of the desired protein or peptide, and three to four days later sacrificed. At this time, the spleen and lymph nodes may be harvested and disrupted into a single cell suspension by passing the organs through a mesh screen or by rupturing the spleen or lymph node membranes which encapsulate the cells. Within one embodiment the red cells are subsequently lysed by the addition of a hypotonic solution, followed by immediate return to isotonicity.
Within another embodiment, suitable cells for preparing monoclonal antibodies are obtained through the use of in vitro immunization techniques.
Briefly, an animal is sacrificed, and the spleen and lymph node cells are removed as described above. A single cell suspension is prepared, and the cells are placed into a culture containing a form of the protein or peptide of interest that is suitable for generating an immune response as described above. Subsequently, the lymphocytes are harvested and fused as described below.
Cells that are obtained through the use of in vitro immunization or from an immunized animal as described above may be immortalized by transfection with a virus such as the Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV). (See Glasky and Reading, Hybridoma 8(4):377-389, 1989.) Alternatively, within a preferred embodiment, the harvested spleen and/or lymph node cell suspensions are fused with a suitable myeloma cell in order to create a "hybridoma" which secretes monoclonal antibodies. Suitable myeloma lines are preferably defective in the construction or expression of antibodies, and are additionally syngeneic with the cells from the immunized animal. Many such myeloma cell lines are well known in the art and may be obtained from sources such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Maryland (see Catalogue of Cell Lines & Hybridomas, 6th ed., ATCC, 1988). Representative myeloma lines include: for humans, UC 729-6 (ATCC No. CRL 8061), MC/CAR-Z2 (ATCC
No. CRL 8147), and SKO-007 (ATCC No. CRL 8033); for mice, SP2/0-Ag14 (ATCC
No. CRL 1581), and P3X63Ag8 (ATCC No. TIB 9); and for rats, Y3-Ag1.2.3 (ATCC
No. CRL 1631), and YB2/0 (ATCC No. CRL 1662). Particularly preferred fusion lines include NS-1 (ATCC No. TIB 18) and P3X63 -Ag 8.653 (ATCC No. CRL 1580), which may be utilized for fusions with either mouse, rat, or human cell lines.
Fusion between the myeloma cell line and the cells from the immunized animal can be accomplished by a variety of methods, including the use of polyethylene glycol (PEG) (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane, supra) or electrofusion. (See Zimmerman and Vienken, I Membrane Biol. 67:165-182, 1982.) Following the fusion, the cells are placed into culture plates containing a suitable medium, such as RPMI 1640 or DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Medium, JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, Kan.). The medium may also contain additional ingredients, such as Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS, e.g., from Hyclone, Logan, Utah, or JRH Biosciences), thymocytes that were harvested from a baby animal of the same species as was used for immunization, or agar to solidify the medium.
Additionally, the medium should contain a reagent which selectively allows for the growth of fused spleen and myeloma cells. Particularly preferred is the use of HAT medium (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.).
After about seven days, the resulting fused cells or hybridomas may be screened in order to determine the presence of antibodies which recognize the desired antigen.
Following several clonal dilutions and reassays, hybridoma producing antibodies that bind to the protein of interest can be isolated.
Other techniques may also be utilized to construct monoclonal antibodies. (See Huse et al., "Generation of a Large Combinational Library of the Immunoglobulin Repertoire in Phage Lambda," Science 246:1275-1281, 1989; see also Sastry et al., "Cloning of the Immunological Repertoire in Escherichia coli for Generation of Monoclonal Catalytic Antibodies: Construction of a Heavy Chain Variable Region-Specific cDNA Library," Proc. NatL Acad. Sci. USA 86:5728-5732, 1989; see also Alting-Mees et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Expression Libraries:
A
Rapid Alternative to Hybridomas," Strategies in Molecular Biology 3:1-9, 1990;
these references describe a commercial system available from Stratagene, La Jolla, California, which enables the production of antibodies through recombinant techniques.) Briefly, mRNA is isolated from a B cell population and utilized to create heavy and light chain immunoglobulin cDNA expression libraries in the A, IMMUNOZAP(H) and XIMMUNOZAP(L) vectors. These vectors may be screened individually or co-expressed to form Fab fragments or antibodies (see Huse et al.
5 (supra); see also Sastry et al. (supra)). Positive plaques can subsequently be converted to a non-lytic plasmid which allows high level expression of monoclonal antibody fragments from E. co/i.
Similarly, antibodies can also be constructed utilizing recombinant DNA
techniques to incorporate the variable regions of a gene that encodes a specifically 10 binding antibody. The construction of these antibodies can be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art given the disclosure provided herein. (See Larrick et al., "Polymerase Chain Reaction Using Mixed Primers: Cloning of Human Monoclonal Antibody Variable Region Genes From Single Hybridoma Cells," Biotechnology 7:934-938, 1989; Riechmann et al., "Reshaping Human Antibodies for Therapy," Nature 15 332:323-327, 1988; Roberts et at., "Generation of an Antibody with Enhanced Affinity and Specificity for its Antigen by Protein Engineering," Nature 328:731-734, 1987;
Verhoeyen et at., "Reshaping Human Antibodies: Grafting an Antilysozyme Activity,"
Science 239:1534-1536, 1988; Chaudhary et al., "A Recombinant Immunotoxin Consisting of Two Antibody Variable Domains Fused to Pseudomonas Exotoxin,"
20 Nature 339:394-397, 1989; see also U.S. Patent No. 5,132,405 entitled "Biosynthetic Antibody Binding Sites.") Briefly, in one embodiment, DNA segments encoding the desired protein or peptide of interest-specific antigen binding domains are amplified from hybridomas that produce a specifically binding monoclonal antibody, and are inserted directly into the genome of a cell that produces human antibodies.
(See 25 Verhoeyen et al. (supra); see also Reichmann et al. (supra)). This technique allows the antigen-binding site of a specifically binding mouse or rat monoclonal antibody to be transferred into a human antibody. Such antibodies are preferable for therapeutic use in humans because they are not as antigenic as rat or mouse antibodies.
In an alternative embodiment, genes that encode the variable region from 30 a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody of interest are amplified using oligonucleotide primers for the variable region. These primers may be synthesized by one of ordinary skill in the art, or may be purchased from commercially available sources. For instance, primers for mouse and human variable regions including, among others, primers for VHa, VHb, VHc, VHd, CHI, VL and CL regions, are available from Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.). These primers may be utilized to amplify heavy or light chain variable regions, which may then be inserted into vectors such as IMMUNOZAPTm(H) or IMMUNOZAPTm(L) (Stratagene), respectively. These vectors may then be introduced into E. coli for expression. Utilizing these techniques, large amounts of a single-chain polypeptide containing a fusion of the VH and VL
domains may be produced (see Bird et al., Science 242:423-426, 1988).
Monoclonal antibodies and other antibodies can be produced in a number of host systems, including tissue cultures, bacteria, eukaryotic cells, plants and other host systems known in the art.
Once suitable antibodies or antibodies have been obtained, they may be isolated or purified by many techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (supra)). Suitable techniques include peptide or protein affinity columns, HPLC or RP-HPLC, purification on protein A or protein G columns, or any combination of these techniques. Within the context of the present invention, the term "isolated" as used to define antibodies or antibodies means "substantially free of other blood components."
The antibodies of the present invention have many uses. For example, antibodies can be utilized in flow cytometry to identify cells bearing such a protein.
Briefly, in order to detect the protein or peptide of interest on cells, the cells are incubated with a labeled monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to the protein of interest, followed by detection of the presence of bound antibody. Labels suitable for use within the present invention are well known in the art including, among others, flourescein isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), horse radish peroxidase (HRP), and colloidal gold. Particularly preferred for use in flow cytometry is FITC, which may be conjugated to purified antibody according to the method of Keltkamp in "Conjugation of Fluorescein Isothiocyanate to Antibodies. I. Experiments on the Conditions of Conjugation," Immunology /8:865-873, 1970. (See also Keltkamp, "Conjugation of Fluorescein Isothiocyanate to Antibodies. IL A Reproducible Method," Immunology /8:875-881, 1970; Goding, "Conjugation of Antibodies with Fluorochromes: Modification to the Standard Methods," J. Immunol. Methods 13:215-226, 1970.) The antibodies can also be used to target drugs against Streptococci, to diagnose infection by these bacteria, or for treating an infection caused thereby.
IV. Diagnostic Application of Spa Nucleotide Sequences Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of the spa gene in a biological sample. Such probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4 or a fragment thereof.
Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
Preferred probes bind with regions of the spa gene that have a low sequence similarity to comparable regions in other Streptococcal proteins. For example, suitable probes will bind with at least one portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 . As used herein, the term "portion" refers to at least eight or more nucleotides.
In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Spa RNA
species.
After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA
Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc.
1997)).
Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P
or 35S.
Alternatively, Spa RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols:
Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR
(Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc.
1998)).
Preferably, PCR primers are designed to amplify a portion of the spa gene that has a low sequence similarity to other Streptococcal proteins. As an illustration, primers having the nucleotide sequences of SEQ. ID NOS: 6 and 7 are suitable for amplifying a spa gene from several Streptococci. In addition suitable primers include those designed to amplify portions of a spa gene encoding an immunogenic epitope of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of the polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145.
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR
(RT-PCR). RT-PCR has been used to detect dissemination of prostate cancer cells to metastatic sites in prostate cancer patients (Moreno et at., Cancer Res.
52:6110, 1992;
Vessella et al., Proc. Am. Assoc. Can. Res. 33:2367, 1992; Olsson et al., Urologic Clinics of North America 24:367 (1997); Robbins, International Publication No.
WO
97/39139). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Spa primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
Briefly, a biological sample is obtained from a sample for RNA
preparation. If the test material contains a variety of biological materials, then the sample may be layered onto a Ficolle-Hypaque density gradient and centrifuged in order to separate some of the biological materials.
RNA may then be isolated from the sample using, for example, the gunadinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Spa antisense oligomers. Oligo-dT
primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences. Spa sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR
products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Spa probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of Spa expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al., J. Clin. Microbiol. 34:2985, 1996, Bekkaoui et al., Biotechniques 20:240, 1996). Alternative methods for detection of Spa sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Marshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,686,272 (1997), Dyer et al., I
Virol.
Methods 60:161, 1996, Ehricht et al., Eur. J. Biochem. 243:358, 1997, and Chadwick et al., J. ViroL Methods 70:59, 1998). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
5 Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)).
10 The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for spa gene expression. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS:1 or 4, or a fragment thereof, or nucleic acids encoding a peptide according to SEQ. ID NOS: 2, 3 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide of Figure 5 starting at nucleotide position 145 15 or fragments thereof Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
Preferably, such a kit contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise one or more containers, in which one container comprises a Spa probe or primer, and a second container comprises one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Spa sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A
kit will also comprise written material describing the use of such Spa probes and primers for detection of spa gene expression. The written material can be applied directly to a 25 container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
V. Diagnostic Application of Anti-Spa Antibodies The present invention further contemplates the use of anti-Spa antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Spa. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-Spa antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of Spa in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Spa and an anti-Spa antibody under conditions that promote binding between Spa and its antibody. Complexes of Spa and anti-Spa in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fe antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of Spa in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Spa bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free labeled Spa.
Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Spa antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Spa antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Spa antibody.
Alternatively, the anti-Spa antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin).
Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, an anti-Spa antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Spa immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 125j, 1311, 35S and '4C.
Anti-Spa immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
Alternatively, anti-Spa immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Spa immunoconjugates of the present invention.
Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
Alternatively, anti-Spa immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Spa antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-Spa-enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include P-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-Spa antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art.
Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al., Clin. Chim.
Acta 70:1, 1976, Schurs et al., Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1, 1977, Shih et al., Int? J.
Cancer 46:1101, 1990, Stein et al., Cancer Res. 50:1330,1990), and Coligan, supra.
Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Spa antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al., "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc.
1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established (see, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 180-208, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc.
1996)).
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for spa genes. Such kits comprise one or more containers, in which one container comprises an anti-Spa antibody, or antibody fragment. A second container may comprise one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Spa antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit will also comprise written material describing the use of Spa antibodies and antibody fragments for detection of Spa protein. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
VI. Therapeutic compositions.
The discovery of a new protective antigen of group A Streptococci enables another aspect of this invention which is the provision of therapeutic compositions to protect against infections caused by group A Streptococci. As use In a typical embodiment, the therapeutic composition containing a Spa 15 antigen comprises an antigen that is protective against a multiple Streptococci serotypes. In a more typical embodiment the therapeutic composition contains an opsonic epitope that is cross protective against group A Streptococci including Type 28, Type 3, Type 18 Streptococci. Such a composition is expected to be considerably less complex than previous compositions comprised of M-protein or derivative thereof, for In this aspect, the present invention provides compositions and methods comprising one or more of the above-described Spa antigens or antibodies thereto in combination with one or more pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, binders or diluents. Compositions containing antigens can be used to elicit 5 or enhance an immune response in a recipient animal, which is preferably a human being, and preferably elicits or enhances a protective or partially protective immunity against Streptococcus, or against a host cell expressing a surface antigen comprised of a Spa antigen of the present invention. Compositions containing antibodies may be used to diagnose or treat infections caused by Streptococci.
10 Preferably, such carriers, adjuvants, binders or diluents are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. Ordinarily, the preparation of such compositions entails combining the an antigen or antibody of this invention with buffers, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, amino acids, carbohydrates including glucose, sucrose 15 or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione and other stabilizers and excipients. Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with nonspecific serum albumin are exemplary appropriate diluents. Examples of adjuvants include alum or aluminum hydroxide for humans.
It will be evident in light of the present specification to those in the art that the amount and frequency of administration can be optimized in clinical trials, and will depend upon such factors as the disease or disorder to be treated, the degree of immune inducement, enhancement, or protection required, and many other factors.
In one embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered orally, and a Spa antigen of the invention is taken up by cells, such as cells located in the 25 lumen of the gut. Alternatively, the therapeutic composition can be parenterally administrated via the subcutaneous route, or via other parenteral routes.
Other routes include buccal/sublingual, rectal, nasal, topical (such as transdermal and ophthalmic), vaginal, pulmonary, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraocular, intranasal or intravenous, or indirectly. The Spa compositions of the present invention can be 30 prepared and administered as a liquid solution, or prepared as a solid form (e.g., lyophilized) which can be administered in solid form or resuspended in a solution in conjunction with administration.
Depending upon the application, quantities of Spa antigen in the composition will vary generally from about 0.1 jig to 1000 mg, typically from about 111 g to 100 mg, more typically from about 10 jig to 10 mg, and usually from about 100 jig to 1 mg, in combination with the physiologically acceptable carrier, binder or diluent.
Booster immunizations can be given at 2-6 weeks intervals.
The Spa antigens of this invention may also be used with immunological carriers in conjugate vaccines. Preferably, a beneficial carrier includes another polypeptide that is has immunostimulent but does not have immunosuppressive effects.
Such carriers may be used to elicit an increased immune response to the conjugated molecule. The spa gene products of this invention may also be used as carriers (in conjugates or fusion proteins) in combination with other antigens so as to provide compositions providing further protection elicited by epitopes additional to those contained on Spa, for example, M protein polypeptides may.
A further aspect of the present invention is protection from Streptococcus infections by treatment of an animal, preferably an animal and most preferably a human with a therapeutic composition containing the Spa antigens or antibodies of the present invention. As used herein, "protection" means to prevent or to reduce the severity of a disease associated with a Streptococcus infection. In a typical practice, the Spa antigens of the present invention provide protection against multiple serotypes of Streptococci. In one embodiment, protection is provided against multiple stereotypes of group A Streptococci. The capacity for protection against multiple serotypes is illustrated for example in Table 5 (Example 6) where it is shown that a composition comprised of crude surface peptides containing a Spa polypeptide or an isolated Spa polypeptide from a Type 18 Streptococci elicited production of antisera that provided opsonic protection against Type 3, Type 18 and Type 28 Streptococci. In addition, Tables 3 and 4 (Example 5) show that antisera raised against the 23 amino acid N terminus of a Spa polypeptide displayed similar opsonization and bactericidal activity TO antisera against the crude peptides and isolated Spa polypeptides.
VII. Therapeutic Methods Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is therapeutic methods for protecting an animal against a Streptococcus infection that includes the step of administering to the animal at least one of the aforementioned therapeutic compositions. Typically, administering a therapeutic compositions containing Spa antigens elicits opsonic antibodies in the animal.
Similarly, administering a composition containing antibodies raised against Spa antigens will provide opsonic antibodies which facilitate a phagocytic responses in the animal. In a preferred embodiment, protection is provided against multiple serotypes of Streptococcus. In a related embodiment, the therapeutic composition is administered by at least one of oral administration, intranasal administration, intramuscular vaccination, subcutaneous vaccination, or vascular vaccination. In another preferred embodiment, the therapeutic method is used with the human.
The compositions and methodologies described herein are suitable for a variety of uses. To this end, the following examples are presented for purposes of illustration, not limitation.
EXAMPLES
CONSTRUCTION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF AN M-NEGATIVE MUTANT (Ml 8) Bacterial strains. The parent Type 18 Streptococcal strain 87-282, was obtained from Dr. P. Patrick Cleary at the University of Minnesota. The M3 strain (3375) was provided by Dr. James Musser, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX.
The M28 strain (S2356) was from our laboratory collection.
The new Streptococcal protective antigen was discovered during studies of an M-negative mutant of Type 18 Streptococci. Briefly, as discussed in more detail below, the M-negative M18 strain was constructed by interrupting the emm18 gene with an a-element. Southern blot analyses of chromosomal DNA from the M18 and Ml strains that was probed with (Km2 and emm18 fragments and PCR analyses using primers from the emm gene and the Q-element revealed that there was a single copy of the a-element inserted ¨140 bp beyond the start codon of the emm18 gene.
A fragment of the emm18 gene was initially cloned by PCR using a forward primer that copied the 3' end of the emm18 gene and a reverse primer that was specific for this subfamily (SF 3) of emm-like genes. The purified PCR product was ligated into pKK223-3 and the insert was sequenced by standard methods. The intact emm18 gene was later cloned using a reverse primer that copied the 5' end of the scpA
gene and the purified PCR product was ligated into pQE-30 (Qiagen, Chatsworth, CA).
The recombinant Emml 8 protein was purified by affinity chromatography over a nickel column according to the instructions provided by Qiagen.
Insertion of the Q -interposon into emm18 and transformation of Type 18 Streptococci was accomplished essentially as previously described for Type Streptococci. Briefly, emm18 was ligated into pKK223-3 and then cut with XhoI, which recognizes a single site between bases 136 and 141 of the emm18 gene.
The ends were repaired with Klenow fragment. Plasmid pBR322-Q,Km2 was digested with SmaI and the Q,Km2 fragment was purified from a 0.8% agarose gel and ligated into the cut emm18 gene. The resulting plasmid, pKKM18Q, was electroporated into Type 18 Streptococci. One kanamycin-resistant colony, designated Ml 8, was selected for further study.
To confirm that the emm18 gene was not expressed in the M18Q strain, immunoblots were performed using extracts of whole bacteria and rabbit antisera evoked by purified recombinant M18 (rM18), a synthetic peptide of M18, SM18(1-30), and a synthetic peptide SM5(265-291), which copies the C-repeat domain of Type protein that is common to all M proteins (Figure 1). Anti-rM18 reacted with a triplet of proteins extracted from the parent strain, the largest of which had an apparent M.W. of ¨43 kDa (Figure 1, lane A). The immunoreactive proteins with lower M.W. are presumably degradation products of M18 that were present in the crude extracts of whole bacteria. There was no reaction of rM18 antiserum with the extract from the M180 mutant (Figure 1, lane B). Anti-SM18(1-30) reacted only with proteins in extracts from the parent strain (Figure 1, lane C) and the pattern was identical to that observed with antiserum against rM18. Interestingly, antiserum against the C-repeat peptide of M protein, SM5(265-291), reacted only with an extract from the parent strain (Figure 1, lane E) and not with an extract from the mutant (lane F), suggesting that the mutant did not express another M or M-like protein containing these shared repeating epitopes. These data, taken together with the results of the Southern blots and PCR, indicate that the Q element was inserted in the emm18 gene and the M18 protein was not expressed by M18Q.
Western blots were performed using extracts of intact Streptococci and purified proteins as previously described In some experiments using purified recombinant Emm18 protein, the nitrocellulose membranes were first incubated in buffer containing 10% normal human serum to block nonspecific binding of immunoglobulins.
For southern blots, Streptococcal chromosomal DNA was digested with BsaH I and electrophoresed in a 1% agarose gel. The DNA fragments were transferred to a nylon membrane (Sigma) and probed with digoxigenin-labeled (Km2 fragment or emm18 according to instructions provided by the manufacturer (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN).
GROWTH IN BLOOD AND MOUSE VIRULENCE OF M18 AND Ml 8Q
A. Growth in non-immune human blood. The virulence of the M-negative mutant of Type 18 Streptococci was first assessed by its ability to grow in nonimmune human blood (Table 1). Streptococci were grown to early log-phase in Todd-Hewitt broth and the inoculum indicated was added to 0.45 ml normal, heparinized human blood that did not contain M18 antibodies. The mixture was rotated end-over-end at 37 C for 3 hr. Organisms surviving were quantitated on pour plates of sheep's blood agar using an aliquot of the mixture. The parent strain of M18 grew to just over 8 generations after a three-hour rotation in blood. The M1 8Q mutant grew to approximately 7.5 generations in the same assay.
Table 1.
Growth in human blood of M18 and M18S2 Streptococci.
Organism CFU surviving 3 hr rotation (# of generations) inoculum: 45 inoculum: 15 M18 12,550 (8.1) 4,800 (8.3) inoculum: 55 inoculum:20 M18S2 9,940 (7.3) 4,210 (7.6) B. Intraperitoneal challenge infections. The most stringent laboratory assay for virulence is intraperitoneal challenge infections of nonimmune mice.
Briefly, four groups of six Swiss white mice each were challenged with 10-fold increasing 10 inocula, ranging from 2.7x104 to 2.7x107 CFU of either M18 or M18Q.
Deaths were recorded for seven days following challenge infections. The LD50 was determined by the method of Reed and Muench after using 10-fold increasing doses of each organism.
The LD50 of the parent M18 strain was 0.73x105 and of the M18S2 was 1.26x105.
Of 24 mice challenged with each organism, 8 challenged with M18 died while 7 15 challenged with Ml 8S2 died. Organisms recovered from the spleens of mice that succumbed to challenge infections with M185/ were kanamycin-resistant and M18 negative, indicating that there was no reversion to the parent phenotype in vivo. These results demonstrated that the expression of M18 was not required for virulence of Type 18 Streptococci.
OPSONIZATION OF M18 AND Ml 8S2 PARTICLES
USING ANTISERA AGAINST CRUDE SURFACE PEPTIDES
Interruption of emml8 expression could have resulted in a mutant that was virulent and did not express a protective antigen, or alternatively, one that expressed a second protective antigen on its surface. In order to assess the possibility of the latter, in vitro opsonization experiments were performed to determine whether M18S2 expressed a surface antigen that contained opsonic epitopes. Early log-phase cultures of Streptococci were added to 0.1 ml of test serum and incubated for 15 min. at ambient temperature. To this was added 0.4 ml of normal, heparinized human blood and the entire mixture was rotated end-over-end for 45 min. at 37 C. At the end of the rotation, a drop of each mixture was used to make thin smears on microscope slides.
After staining the slides with Wright's stain, the percentage of neutrophils with associated Streptococci (either ingested or attached) was estimated by counting at least 50 consecutive neutrophils. Anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein; anti-SM18(1-30), rabbit antiserum against a synthetic peptide that copied the N-terminal 30 amino acids of M18 linked to KLH; anti-crude pep M18, rabbit antiserum against a partially purified pepsin extract of whole Type 18 Streptococci. Experiments were repeated at least three times with similar results.
The bactericidal activity of test antisera was determined using a similar assay except that fewer Streptococci were added to the mixture, which was rotated for 3 hr. at 37 C. At the end of the rotation, 0.1 ml aliquots were added to sheep blood agar and pour plates were made to quantitate viable bacteria. Results shown in Table 2 below are from one representative experiment. Briefly, only the M18 parent strain was opsonized by antisera against SM18(1-30) or recombinant M18. The association of M180 with PMNs remained at baseline levels in the presence of both of these antisera.
Antiserum raised in rabbits against a crude pepsin extract of the Ml 8Q
strain, however, opsonized both the parent and the M-negative mutant (Table 2). This antiserum was used in subsequent experiments to identify and purify the putative new protective antigen of Type 18 Streptococci.
Table 2.
Opsonization of M18 and M18S2 by rabbit antisera against recombinant M18, S-M18(1-30), and crude pep M18.
Percent neutrophils with associated Antiserum Streptococci Pre-pool 2 8 Anti-rM18 92 14 Anti-SM18(1-30) 98 8 Anti-crude pep M18 96 88 IDENTIFICATION, PURIFICATION, AND AMINO-ACID SEQUENCE ANAYLSIS OF SPA.
As is discussed in more detail in the following example, peptide fragments from the surface of M18Q were extracted using dilute solutions of pepsin at suboptimal pH. The extract was precipitated in 60% saturated ammonium sulfate, dialyzed extensively against distilled water, and then lyophilized. The mixture of surface proteins and peptides is referred to as crude pep M18Q.
More specifically, as described above in Example 3, Spa was identified in the crude pepsin extract by opsonization inhibition assays. The crude pep M18Q was separated by SDS-PAGE on a preparative 10% gel using reducing conditions. The entire gel was electroblotted to nitrocellulose paper and each end was cut vertically and stained with Coomassie blue. The center section of the nitrocellulose paper was cut into horizontal strips approximately 8-10mm in width. Each strip was then used to absorb rabbit antiserum raised against the crude pep M180 for 2 hours at 37 C.
One section of the nitrocellulose paper was western blotted with pep M18Q
antiserum to identify immunoreactive bands. Another section was cut into horizontal strips that were used to absorb opsonic antibodies in the pep M18Q antiserum. The pep M18Q
extract contained a protein with an apparent M.W. of 24kDa (Spa) that absorbed the majority of the opsonic antibodies in the pep M18Q antiserum (Figure 2).
Opsonization assays were performed using absorbed serum samples and unabsorbed serum, as described above in Example 3. Once the opsonic-inhibitory peptide had been identified in the crude pepsin extract, it was purified by ammonium sulfate precipitation and preparative gel electrophoresis (Prep Cell, model 491, Bio-Rad, Richmond, CA).
The purified Spa migrated as a single band, as assessed by SDS-PAGE, with a M.W. of 24kDa (Figure 3, Lane B). The purified Spa protein was electrophoretically transferred to a PVDF membrane and submitted to the Protein and Nucleic Acid Facility, Beckman Center, Stanford University Medical Center for N-terminal sequencing by Edman degradation. The sequence of an internal peptide of Spa was also determined in the Stanford University Facility. The intact protein on PVDF
was digested with LysC protease, 0.25 (mol/ml, at 37 C overnight). The resultant peptides were purified by HPLC on a Vydac C18 column. Selected fractions were assessed for purity by mass spectroscopy and one peptide with a mass of 1249 Daltons was selected for N-terminal sequencing.
Edman degradation of the purified protein revealed the sequence of the first 23 amino acids (N-terminus) to be:
DSVSG LEVAD PSDSK KLIEL GLA
(SEQ ID NO:3) In addition, an internal peptide purified from a LysC digest of the purified Spa contained the amino-terminal sequence:
YRLDS ESHLK.
(SEQ ID NO:8) IDENTIFICATION OF OPSONIC EPITOPES OF SPA
Rabbit antisera was prepared against the synthetic peptide SM18(1-30)C
against recombinant M18, which was purified from periplasmic extracts of E.
con, and against purified Spa.
To directly assess the presence of bactericidal epitopes in Spa, rabbits were immunized with 100 14 of the purified protein in CFA at time 0, 4 weeks, and 8 weeks. Sera from all three immunized rabbits obtained 10 weeks after the first injection contained antibodies that opsonized the M18 parent and M18S2 (Table 3). None of the Spa antisera cross-reacted with purified recombinant M18 or purified recombinant Emm18, as determined by ELISA
To confirm the presence of opsonic epitopes within the covalent structure of Spa, a peptide, S-Spa/8(1-23)C, copying the N-terminal 23 amino acids of the purified 24 kDa fragment was chemically synthesized. The peptide was covalently linked to KLH and three rabbits were immunized with 100 lig doses using the same schedule described above. Anti-Spa, rabbit antiserum against the purified Streptococcal protective antigen; anti-S-Spa(1-23)C, rabbit antiserum against a synthetic peptide that copied the N-terminal 23 amino acids of Spa linked to KLH; anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein were used. Details of the assay are provided in Example 3. Experiments were repeated at least three times with similar results. Data presented are from one representative experiment.
Briefly, serum from all three rabbits opsonized both the parent and Ml 8S2 strains of group A
Streptococci (Table 3), confirming the presence of opsonic epitopes within this limited region of Spa. The antiserum against the synthetic peptide of Spa was also used to identify the native protein in phage lysin extracts of M1 8i The S-Spa/8(1-23)C
antiserum reacted with a single protein in the lysin extract with an apparent M.W. of 50kDa (Figure 3D), suggesting that the pepsin-derived Spa was a fragment of the larger native protein.
Table 3.
Opsonization of Type 18 Streptococci by rabbit antisera against purified Spa and a synthetic peptide of Spa.
Percent neutrophils Antiserum: with associated Streptococci:
anti-Spa 100 100 anti-S-Spa(1-23)C 72 100 anti-rM18 96 16 The results of the opsonization assays were confirmed by indirect bactericidal tests as described in Example 3. Anti-rM18, rabbit antiserum against intact, recombinant Type 18 M protein; anti-crude pep M18, rabbit antiserum against a partially purified pepsin extract of whole Type 18 Streptococci; anti-Spa, rabbit 10 antiserum against the purified Streptococcal protective antigen were used. The results provided in Table 4 show the Spa antiserum was bactericidal against both M18 and M18C1 while antiserum against rM18 was bactericidal against only the parent strain and not against M1852.
Table 4.
15 Bactericidal activity of rabbit antisera against rM18, a crude pepsin extract of Type 18 Streptococci, and purified Spa.
CFU surviving a 3 hour rotation Antiserum:
Inoculum: 21 Inoculum: 32 Normal Rabbit Serum >10,000 >10,000 anti-rM18 460 >10,000 anti-crude pep M18 355 15 anti-Spa 230 0 OPSONIZATION OF HETEROLOGOUS SEROTYPES OF
GROUP A STREPTOCOCCI BY SPA ANTISERUM
To determine whether Spa evoked opsonic antibodies against serotypes of group A Streptococci other than Type 18, opsonization assays were performed with antisera against purified Spa or against the pep Ml 8Q and a series of selected Streptococci (Table 5). Both antisera opsonized Type 3 and Type 28 Streptococci, in addition to Type 18 organisms. Serotypes tested that were not opsonized by either antiserum were Ml, M2, M5, M6, M13, M14, M19, and M24, all of which were from our laboratory collection. The anti-S-Spal8(1-23)C antisera did not opsonize Types 3 or 28 Streptococci, indicating that this limited region of Spa does not contain cross-opsonic epitopes.
Table 5.
Opsonization of heterologous serotypes of group A Streptococci by rabbit antisera against purified Spa and a crude pepsin extract of MAO.
Percent neutrophilis with associated Streptococci in the presence of:
Serotype Preimmume Anti-crude Preimmune Anti-Spa (strain) pep Ml 8S2 M18 (282) 0 100 6 100 M3 (3375) 14 88 8 56 M28 (S2356) 20 72 0 36 NUCLEIC ACID AND AMINO ACID SEQUENCE
OF A CLONED FRAGMENT OF THE spal8 GENE
A fragment of the spal8 gene was cloned using PCR and degenerate inosine-containing oligonucleotide primers based on the N-terminal peptide sequence and the sequence of an internal peptide purified from a LysC digest of Spa.
The forward set of primers derived from the N-terminal sequence of Spa from amino acid residues 7-11 contained the sequence GAR GTI OCT GAY CC (SEQ. ID NO: 6). The reverse primers, from the N-terminal sequence of the internal peptide, contained the sequences RTG IGA YTC RCT RTC and RTG RCT YTC IGA RTC (SEQ. ID NO: 7).
Nucleotide abbreviations are according to the UUPAC code for nucleic acids.
PCR was performed as previously described using the chromosomal DNA from Type 18 Streptococci as the template. The forward primer in combination with the second reverse primer listed above resulted in a single PCR product of 336 bp, which was ligated into pCR2.1-TOPO (Invitrogene, Carlsbad, CA). DNA sequencing was performed by automated techniques in the University of Tennessee Molecular Resources Center using primers from the 5' and 3' flanking ends of the plasmid. The identity of the spa sequence was confirmed by comparing the translated DNA
sequence to the amino acid sequence of Spa that was not used to construct the degenerate PCR
primers.
The 336 bp PCR product and the translated amino acid sequence contained residues 12-23 of the sequence derived from the Spa protein (Figure 4), confirming that the DNA was a fragment of spa 18. A search of the current entries in GenBank and the Type 1 Streptococcal genome sequence data base revealed that the spa 18 gene fragment did not share sequence homology with any known proteins, suggesting that Spa is a new protective antigen of group A Streptococci.
Standard molecular biology techniques were used to obtain a full-length cDNA encoding a spa protein. The sequence for the full-length cDNA is depicted in Figure 5. The full-length protein includes a 37 residue signal peptide that is cleaved to form a mature spa polypeptide having the same N-terminus as the 23 residue peptide identified as SEQ ID NO:3.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
Claims (35)
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising (a) an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:4 starting at nucleotide 145 and comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, or (b) an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide set forth in SEQ ID NO:4 starting at nucleotide 256, and comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, wherein the isolated polypeptide is capable of eliciting opsonic antibodies against at least group A streptococcus serotype Type 18.
2. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide set forth in SEQ ID NO:4 starting at nucleotide 145.
3. The isolated polypeptide of claim 1 comprising the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide set forth in SEQ ID NO:4 starting at nucleotide 256.
4. An isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:2.
5. An isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:3.
6. An immunogen for protecting an animal against a group A
streptococcus infection, wherein the immunogen comprises the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3 and 5.
streptococcus infection, wherein the immunogen comprises the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3 and 5.
7. An isolated antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide consists of (a) the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:4 starting at nucleotide 145;
or (b) the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide sequence set forth in SEQ ID
NO:4 starting at nucleotide 256.
or (b) the amino acid sequence encoded by the polynucleotide sequence set forth in SEQ ID
NO:4 starting at nucleotide 256.
8. The isolated antibody according to claim 7 wherein the antibody is an opsonic antibody capable of opsonizing a group A streptococcus serotype selected from the group consisting of Type 3, Type 18, and Type 28.
9. The antibody according to claim 7, wherein the antibody specifically binds to a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ
ID NO:3.
ID NO:3.
10. The isolated antibody according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein the antibody is an opsonic antibody capable of opsonizing a group A
streptococcus serotype Type 18.
streptococcus serotype Type 18.
11. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising: (a) a nucleotide sequence that encodes the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3; or (b) the nucleotide sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:4.
12. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes the isolated polypeptide according to either claim 4 or claim 5.
13. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to the nucleic acid molecule of either claim 11 or claim 12.
14. The nucleic acid molecule of either claim 11 or claim 12, wherein the nucleotide sequence further comprises a sequence that encodes at least one peptide, which peptide is fused to the encoded polypeptide such that the nucleotide sequence encodes a fusion polypeptide.
15. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 14, wherein the at least one peptide comprises a tag sequence that facilitates isolation of the fusion polypeptide from a cellular extract.
16. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 14 wherein the at least one peptide is a carrier protein.
17. A vector comprising the isolated nucleic acid molecule of any one of claims 11, 12, and 14-16 operably linked to a promoter, wherein said vector expresses a polypeptide encoded by the isolated nucleic acid when the vector is introduced into a host cell.
18. A host cell carrying the vector according to claim 17.
19. A method of producing the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule of any one of claims 11, 12, and 14-16, said method comprising culturing the host cell of claim 18.
20. A therapeutic composition for protecting an animal from a group A
streptococcus infection, said composition comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of an immunizing agent selected from the group consisting of:
(a) the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3;
(b) a host cell carrying a vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the isolated polypeptide of (a) wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked to a promoter; and (c) the isolated antibody according to claim 8, wherein the immunizing agent is capable of protecting the animal from at least a group A streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
streptococcus infection, said composition comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of an immunizing agent selected from the group consisting of:
(a) the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3;
(b) a host cell carrying a vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the isolated polypeptide of (a) wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked to a promoter; and (c) the isolated antibody according to claim 8, wherein the immunizing agent is capable of protecting the animal from at least a group A streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
21. The therapeutic composition of claim 20 comprising the biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3.
22. The therapeutic composition of claim 21, wherein the isolated polypeptide is conjugated to a protein carrier.
23. A therapeutic composition for protecting an animal from a group A
streptococcus infection, said composition comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of an immunizing agent selected from the group consisting of:
a) the isolated polypeptide according to claim 5;
b) a host cell carrying a vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the isolated polypeptide of (a) wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked to a promoter; and c) the isolated antibody according to claim 9, wherein the immunizing agent is capable of protecting the animal from a group A streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
streptococcus infection, said composition comprising a biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of an immunizing agent selected from the group consisting of:
a) the isolated polypeptide according to claim 5;
b) a host cell carrying a vector that comprises a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the isolated polypeptide of (a) wherein the nucleic acid molecule is operably linked to a promoter; and c) the isolated antibody according to claim 9, wherein the immunizing agent is capable of protecting the animal from a group A streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
24. The therapeutic composition of claim 23 comprising the biologically acceptable diluent and an effective amount of the isolated polypeptide according to claim 5.
25. The therapeutic composition of claim 24, wherein the isolated polypeptide is conjugated to a protein carrier.
26. Use of the therapeutic composition according to any one of claims 20-22 for protecting an animal against the group A streptococcus infection.
27. Use of the therapeutic composition according to any one of claims 23-25 for protecting an animal against the group A streptococcus serotype Type infection.
28. Use of either claim 26 or 27, wherein the therapeutic composition is suitable for oral administration, intranasal administration, intramuscular administration, subcutaneous administration, or vascular vaccination.
29. Use of any one of claims 26-28, wherein the animal is a human.
30. Use of the therapeutic composition according to any one of claims 20-22 for the preparation of a medicament for the prevention of the group A
streptococcus infection.
streptococcus infection.
31. Use of the therapeutic composition according to any one of claims 23-25 for the preparation of a medicament for the prevention of the group A
streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
streptococcus serotype Type 18 infection.
32. The use of claim 30 or claim 31, wherein the medicament is prepared for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of oral, intranasal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, and vascular.
33. Use of the isolated polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-3 for the preparation of a medicament for eliciting an immune response against at least group A streptococcus serotype Type 18.
34. Use of the isolated polypeptide according to claim 5 for the preparation of a medicament for eliciting an immune response against group A
streptococcus serotype Type 18.
streptococcus serotype Type 18.
35. Use according to either claim 33 or 34 wherein the medicament further comprises a physiologically acceptable adjuvant.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11379498P | 1998-12-22 | 1998-12-22 | |
US11473098P | 1998-12-31 | 1998-12-31 | |
US60/113,794 | 1998-12-31 | ||
US60/114,730 | 1998-12-31 | ||
PCT/US1999/030807 WO2000037648A1 (en) | 1998-12-22 | 1999-12-22 | Protective antigen of group a streptococci (spa) |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2353802A1 CA2353802A1 (en) | 2000-06-29 |
CA2353802C true CA2353802C (en) | 2013-10-01 |
Family
ID=26811487
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2353802A Expired - Fee Related CA2353802C (en) | 1998-12-22 | 1999-12-22 | New protective antigen of group a streptococci |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1141311A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2002533084A (en) |
AU (1) | AU762100B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2353802C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000037648A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6716433B1 (en) | 1997-09-12 | 2004-04-06 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Group a streptococcal vaccines |
AU2002365184A1 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2003-07-30 | Id Biomedical Corporation Of Washington | Efficient protein expression system |
US7255867B2 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2007-08-14 | Id Biomedical Corporation Of Quebec | Vaccine |
EP1610888A2 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2006-01-04 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Formation and control of fluidic species |
BRPI0414004A (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2006-10-24 | Harvard College | electronic control of fluidic species |
JP2009542196A (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2009-12-03 | インターセル アーゲー | Small Streptococcus pyogenes antigens and their use |
NZ592368A (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2013-11-29 | Wyeth Llc | Multicomponent immunogenic composition for the prevention of beta-hemolytic streptococcal (bhs) disease |
WO2012174455A2 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2012-12-20 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Group a streptococcus multivalent vaccine |
AU2014214613A1 (en) | 2013-02-11 | 2015-08-13 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Group A streptococcal M-related proteins and methods of use |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994006465A1 (en) * | 1992-09-16 | 1994-03-31 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Antigen of hybrid m protein and carrier for group a streptococcal vaccine |
DE69331733T2 (en) * | 1992-09-16 | 2002-08-22 | Univ Tennessee Res Corp | RECOMBINANT VERSATILE M-PROTEIN VACCINE |
IES76925B2 (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 1997-11-19 | Provost | Subunit Vaccine for Streptococcus Equi |
-
1999
- 1999-12-22 WO PCT/US1999/030807 patent/WO2000037648A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1999-12-22 CA CA2353802A patent/CA2353802C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1999-12-22 AU AU23846/00A patent/AU762100B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1999-12-22 EP EP99967585A patent/EP1141311A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1999-12-22 JP JP2000589702A patent/JP2002533084A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2353802A1 (en) | 2000-06-29 |
WO2000037648A1 (en) | 2000-06-29 |
AU762100B2 (en) | 2003-06-19 |
EP1141311A1 (en) | 2001-10-10 |
JP2002533084A (en) | 2002-10-08 |
AU2384600A (en) | 2000-07-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20070098737A1 (en) | Streptococcal streptolysin S vaccines | |
US7262024B2 (en) | Streptococcus antigens | |
KR101078919B1 (en) | Novel Streptococcus antigens | |
US20060039922A1 (en) | Streptococcal heat shock proteins of the Hsp60 family | |
US20060246083A1 (en) | Protective antigen of group a streptococci | |
JPH11514217A (en) | Compounds and methods for the diagnosis of tuberculosis | |
US20070122434A1 (en) | Heat shock genes and proteins from Neisseria meningitidis, Candida glabrata and Aspergillus fumigatus | |
KR19990022742A (en) | HSP70 family shock protein from the Streptococcus genus | |
KR20030013450A (en) | Streptococcus antigens | |
US7160547B2 (en) | Streptococcal streptolysin S vaccines | |
CA2353802C (en) | New protective antigen of group a streptococci | |
CA2331845A1 (en) | Compounds and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of ehrlichia infection | |
JPH09502604A (en) | Campylobacter jejuni antigens, and their production and use | |
EP0871734B1 (en) | Polypeptide fragments capable of competition with streptococcus mutans antigen i/ii | |
CA2265523A1 (en) | Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences relating to helicobacter pylori and vaccine compositions thereof | |
Hong et al. | Purification and characterization of M3 protein expressed on the surface of group A streptococcal type 3 strain C203 | |
AU772898B2 (en) | Streptococcal ABC transporter protein | |
US20050002950A1 (en) | Use of a novel cell surface protease from Group B Streptococcus | |
US20040151737A1 (en) | Streptococcal serum opacity factors and fibronectin-binding proteins and peptides thereof for the treatment and detection of streptococcal infection | |
EP1712629A2 (en) | Compounds and methods for diagnosis of tuberculosis | |
WO2006137838A2 (en) | Methods and compositions for diagnosing and preventing a group b streptococcal infection | |
MXPA97009557A (en) | Members of streptococal thermal shock proteins of the hs family | |
JP2004504056A (en) | protein |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20181224 |